CA2347036A1 - Polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions containing them, and uses thereof - Google Patents
Polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions containing them, and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2347036A1 CA2347036A1 CA002347036A CA2347036A CA2347036A1 CA 2347036 A1 CA2347036 A1 CA 2347036A1 CA 002347036 A CA002347036 A CA 002347036A CA 2347036 A CA2347036 A CA 2347036A CA 2347036 A1 CA2347036 A1 CA 2347036A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- formulation
- structural formula
- group
- compounds
- compound
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 455
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 274
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 title description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 73
- -1 -C4H5 Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 72
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims abstract description 61
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 228
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 89
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 claims description 70
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 claims description 70
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 claims description 70
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 68
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 32
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000000575 pesticide Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 229920000768 polyamine Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- SVTBMSDMJJWYQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpentane-2,4-diol Chemical compound CC(O)CC(C)(C)O SVTBMSDMJJWYQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940051250 hexylene glycol Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003090 pesticide formulation Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 claims description 4
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002193 fatty amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002194 fatty esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000004072 triols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- XPFCZYUVICHKDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbutane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)CCO XPFCZYUVICHKDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCC(CO)CC1 YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- OGBUMNBNEWYMNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N batilol Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(O)CO OGBUMNBNEWYMNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- RKLJSBNBBHBEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropanoyl) 3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(=O)C(C)(C)CO RKLJSBNBBHBEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940015975 1,2-hexanediol Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfobutanedioic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XDODWINGEHBYRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCCCC1CO XDODWINGEHBYRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- BTBJBAZGXNKLQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium lauryl sulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O BTBJBAZGXNKLQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940063953 ammonium lauryl sulfate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940047662 ammonium xylenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- JZKFHQMONDVVNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl sulfate;tris(2-hydroxyethyl)azanium Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO.CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O JZKFHQMONDVVNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- FHKSXSQHXQEMOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCCC(O)CO FHKSXSQHXQEMOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HESSGHHCXGBPAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3,5,6-trihydroxy-1-oxo-4-[3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyhexan-2-yl]acetamide Chemical compound CC(=O)NC(C=O)C(O)C(C(O)CO)OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O HESSGHHCXGBPAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- BOUCRWJEKAGKKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-(diethylaminomethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]acetamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC1=CC(NC(C)=O)=CC=C1O BOUCRWJEKAGKKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920000847 nonoxynol Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940057950 sodium laureth sulfate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 229950005425 sodium myristyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940048842 sodium xylenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- SXHLENDCVBIJFO-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-[2-(2-dodecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOS([O-])(=O)=O SXHLENDCVBIJFO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- QUCDWLYKDRVKMI-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3,4-dimethylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1C QUCDWLYKDRVKMI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- UPUIQOIQVMNQAP-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;tetradecyl sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O UPUIQOIQVMNQAP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000015096 spirit Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940105956 tea-dodecylbenzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002888 zwitterionic surfactant Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCN NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 90
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 67
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 50
- 239000002979 fabric softener Substances 0.000 description 41
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 40
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 38
- VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl sulfate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)OC VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 33
- MRNZSTMRDWRNNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(hexamethylene)triamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCNCCCCCCN MRNZSTMRDWRNNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 29
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 29
- 235000004977 Brassica sinapistrum Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 25
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 25
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 24
- 235000014698 Brassica juncea var multisecta Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 235000006008 Brassica napus var napus Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 235000006618 Brassica rapa subsp oleifera Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 244000188595 Brassica sinapistrum Species 0.000 description 23
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 23
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 23
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 21
- PUAQLLVFLMYYJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopropiophenone Chemical compound CC(N)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PUAQLLVFLMYYJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 17
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000010426 asphalt Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 12
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 9
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl sulfate(1-) Chemical compound COS([O-])(=O)=O JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000005956 quaternization reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- MALIONKMKPITBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-n-[2-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)ethyl]acetamide Chemical compound C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC=C1CCNC(=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C(Cl)=C1 MALIONKMKPITBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 8
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 7
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002761 deinking Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- ZITBHNVGLSVXEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(16-methylheptadecoxy)ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCO ZITBHNVGLSVXEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KIWBPDUYBMNFTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCOS(O)(=O)=O KIWBPDUYBMNFTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000004009 herbicide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 6
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001846 repelling effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 6
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003868 ammonium compounds Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000002363 herbicidal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 5
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- XTEGARKTQYYJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)=O XTEGARKTQYYJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical class C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005461 lubrication Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- CRVGTESFCCXCTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(C)CCO CRVGTESFCCXCTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 4
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 4
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011122 softwood Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 3
- 241001116389 Aloe Species 0.000 description 3
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000011399 aloe vera Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- IQDGSYLLQPDQDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CNC IQDGSYLLQPDQDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000417 fungicide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001050 lubricating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003605 opacifier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010893 paper waste Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005588 protonation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002453 shampoo Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 3
- GDJZZWYLFXAGFH-UHFFFAOYSA-M xylenesulfonate group Chemical group C1(C(C=CC=C1)C)(C)S(=O)(=O)[O-] GDJZZWYLFXAGFH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WSSJONWNBBTCMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzoic acid (3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl) ester Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O WSSJONWNBBTCMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JZUHIOJYCPIVLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpentane-1,5-diamine Chemical compound NCC(C)CCCN JZUHIOJYCPIVLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LSBDFXRDZJMBSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylacetamide Chemical compound NC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LSBDFXRDZJMBSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JEHDNEGUWVKRSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tridecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 JEHDNEGUWVKRSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000017060 Arachis glabrata Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010777 Arachis hypogaea Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000018262 Arachis monticola Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 240000002791 Brassica napus Species 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 244000020518 Carthamus tinctorius Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000003255 Carthamus tinctorius Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000060011 Cocos nucifera Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000013162 Cocos nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000013500 Melia azadirachta Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000237986 Melia azadirachta Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004368 Modified starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 2
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001283 Polyalkylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propyl gallate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000000231 Sesamum indicum Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000003434 Sesamum indicum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004902 Softening Agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SEQDDYPDSLOBDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Temazepam Chemical compound N=1C(O)C(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 SEQDDYPDSLOBDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000098338 Triticum aestivum Species 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- POJWUDADGALRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N allantoin Chemical compound NC(=O)NC1NC(=O)NC1=O POJWUDADGALRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- IPTLKMXBROVJJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanium;methyl sulfate Chemical compound N.COS(O)(=O)=O IPTLKMXBROVJJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002752 cationic softener Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940073669 ceteareth 20 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940081733 cetearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910001919 chlorite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052619 chlorite group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NEHMKBQYUWJMIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethane Chemical compound ClC NEHMKBQYUWJMIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QBWCMBCROVPCKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorous acid Chemical compound OCl=O QBWCMBCROVPCKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003245 coal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008406 cosmetic ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N decan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCO MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- VKKVMDHHSINGTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M di(docosyl)-dimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC VKKVMDHHSINGTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- DENRZWYUOJLTMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl sulfate Chemical compound CCOS(=O)(=O)OCC DENRZWYUOJLTMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940008406 diethyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 2
- REZZEXDLIUJMMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethyldioctadecylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC REZZEXDLIUJMMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004664 distearyldimethylammonium chloride (DHTDMAC) Substances 0.000 description 2
- QYDYPVFESGNLHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N elaidic acid methyl ester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC QYDYPVFESGNLHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940013317 fish oils Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000005188 flotation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008396 flotation agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004881 homosalate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 150000002462 imidazolines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QYDYPVFESGNLHU-KHPPLWFESA-N methyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC QYDYPVFESGNLHU-KHPPLWFESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940073769 methyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019426 modified starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OXGBCSQEKCRCHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)O OXGBCSQEKCRCHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003129 oil well Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000020232 peanut Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003016 pheromone Substances 0.000 description 2
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphinate Chemical compound [O-][PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005871 repellent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020238 sunflower seed Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004670 unsaturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000021122 unsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DAFHKNAQFPVRKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hydroxy-2,2,4-trimethylpentyl) 2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)C(C)(C)COC(=O)C(C)C DAFHKNAQFPVRKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLAJNZSPVITUCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,2-dioxathietane 2,2-dioxide Chemical compound O=S1(=O)OCO1 QLAJNZSPVITUCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUYYVMKHUXDWEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4-trimethylpentane-1,1-diol Chemical class CC(C)CC(C)(C)C(O)O IUYYVMKHUXDWEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCTXKRPTIMZBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4-trimethylpentane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)C(C)(C)CO JCTXKRPTIMZBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMWVYCCGCQPJEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-bis(tert-butylperoxy)-2,5-dimethylhexane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)CCC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C DMWVYCCGCQPJEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOHZKUSWWGUUNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-yl)ethanol Chemical compound OCCN1CCN=C1 GOHZKUSWWGUUNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWLALWYNXFYRGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethyl-1,3-hexanediol Chemical compound CCCC(O)C(CC)CO RWLALWYNXFYRGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLIUGCVPPWCSGV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-[1-ethyl-2-(15-methylhexadecyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-ium-1-yl]ethanol;ethyl sulfate Chemical compound CCOS([O-])(=O)=O.OCC[N+]1(CC)CCN=C1CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C ZLIUGCVPPWCSGV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IAJOBQBIJHVGMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4-[hydroxy(methyl)phosphoryl]butanoic acid Chemical compound CP(O)(=O)CCC(N)C(O)=O IAJOBQBIJHVGMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMCHBSMFKQYNKA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-aminobenzenesulfonate Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1S([O-])(=O)=O ZMCHBSMFKQYNKA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MPNXSZJPSVBLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-n-phenylpyridine-3-carboxamide Chemical compound ClC1=NC=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 MPNXSZJPSVBLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUGOPULVANEDRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)C(O)O IUGOPULVANEDRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IULJSGIJJZZUMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-hydroxybenzenesulfonate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1S([O-])(=O)=O IULJSGIJJZZUMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RFVNOJDQRGSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCO RFVNOJDQRGSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEMDXOYRWHZUCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octadecanoyloxypropyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC JEMDXOYRWHZUCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGDDVTHQUAQTIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pentadecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O RGDDVTHQUAQTIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTFIPECGHSYQNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Pentadecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 PTFIPECGHSYQNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDFQSFOGKVZWKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)C(O)=O RDFQSFOGKVZWKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYAQFFOKAFGDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1h-imidazol-3-ium;methyl sulfate Chemical compound C1CN=CN1.COS(O)(=O)=O IYAQFFOKAFGDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001133760 Acoelorraphe Species 0.000 description 1
- POJWUDADGALRAB-PVQJCKRUSA-N Allantoin Natural products NC(=O)N[C@@H]1NC(=O)NC1=O POJWUDADGALRAB-PVQJCKRUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052582 BN Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- PZNSFCLAULLKQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron nitride Chemical compound N#B PZNSFCLAULLKQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJUIMUAAKYJVFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCO)O.C(C)(C)O Chemical compound C(CCCCCO)O.C(C)(C)O XJUIMUAAKYJVFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005682 EO-PO block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- FPVVYTCTZKCSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol distearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC FPVVYTCTZKCSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010015946 Eye irritation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005561 Glufosinate Substances 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000006240 Linum usitatissimum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004431 Linum usitatissimum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004909 Moisturizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBVKHWHWYOQBJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dodecyl-N-octadecylacetamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(C(C)=O)CCCCCCCCCCCC GBVKHWHWYOQBJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPKOKAMJFNKNAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylethanolamine Chemical compound CNCCO OPKOKAMJFNKNAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000025272 Persea americana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000008673 Persea americana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002565 Polyethylene Glycol 400 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010009736 Protein Hydrolysates Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002323 Silicone foam Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000044822 Simmondsia californica Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004433 Simmondsia californica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010040880 Skin irritation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004115 Sodium Silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005708 Sodium hypochlorite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002174 Styrene-butadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001807 Urea-formaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000642 acaricide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002730 additional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940045714 alkyl sulfonate alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005263 alkylenediamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000458 allantoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-RWMJIURBSA-N alpha-cyclodextrin Chemical compound OC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-RWMJIURBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LHIJANUOQQMGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminoethylethanolamine Chemical group NCCNCCO LHIJANUOQQMGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002744 anti-aggregatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013011 aqueous formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003934 aromatic aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008365 aromatic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008378 aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical group C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YSJGOMATDFSEED-UHFFFAOYSA-M behentrimonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C YSJGOMATDFSEED-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006065 biodegradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002599 biostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SUZSZZWHCFLFSP-UHFFFAOYSA-M bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-methyl-octadecylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(CCO)CCO SUZSZZWHCFLFSP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butadiene-styrene rubber Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940075397 calomel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000828 canola oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019519 canola oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WOWHHFRSBJGXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetyltrimethylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C WOWHHFRSBJGXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NEHMKBQYUWJMIP-NJFSPNSNSA-N chloro(114C)methane Chemical compound [14CH3]Cl NEHMKBQYUWJMIP-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013065 commercial product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010779 crude oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SSJXIUAHEKJCMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound NC1CCCCC1N SSJXIUAHEKJCMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005131 dialkylammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005690 diesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZOMNIUBKTOKEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-L dimercury dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Hg][Hg]Cl ZOMNIUBKTOKEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004495 emulsifiable concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010696 ester oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000013 eye irritation Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001924 fatty-acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002657 fibrous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000004426 flaxseed Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003976 glyceryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(O[H])([H])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940100608 glycol distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100242 glycol stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011121 hardwood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ACDUHTSVVVHMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-3-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)CC ACDUHTSVVVHMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003752 hydrotrope Substances 0.000 description 1
- BTTMZEBIMDNSPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N icosan-4-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)CCC BTTMZEBIMDNSPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLIISNIPNDLIFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N icosan-5-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)CCCC WLIISNIPNDLIFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010409 ironing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003253 isopropoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(O*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010687 lubricating oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- SOXAGEOHPCXXIO-DVOMOZLQSA-N menthyl anthranilate Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@H]1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1N SOXAGEOHPCXXIO-DVOMOZLQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002248 meradimate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940050176 methyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012184 mineral wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001333 moisturizer Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZZPQIWXXYTUMRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dioctadecylpropanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(C(=O)CC)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ZZPQIWXXYTUMRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYNVIVRXHYGNRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane-3,5-diol Chemical compound CCCC(O)CC(O)CC WYNVIVRXHYGNRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003924 oil dispersant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001117 oleyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006174 pH buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011087 paperboard Substances 0.000 description 1
- WYMSBXTXOHUIGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N paraoxon Chemical compound CCOP(=O)(OCC)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WYMSBXTXOHUIGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- WTSXICLFTPPDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound CCC(N)CCN WTSXICLFTPPDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940112041 peripherally acting muscle relaxants other quaternary ammonium compound in atc Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical class C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000059 polyethylene glycol stearate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000223 polyglycerol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ODGAOXROABLFNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N polynoxylin Chemical compound O=C.NC(N)=O ODGAOXROABLFNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010388 propyl gallate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013055 pulp slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920013730 reactive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002940 repellent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011435 rock Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013514 silicone foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000475 skin irritation Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012748 slip agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002791 soaking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium hypochlorite Chemical compound [Na+].Cl[O-] SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium silicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][Si]([O-])=O NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052911 sodium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011115 styrene butadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000576 supplementary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004546 suspension concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- AGGKEGLBGGJEBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylenedisulfotetramine Chemical compound C1N(S2(=O)=O)CN3S(=O)(=O)N1CN2C3 AGGKEGLBGGJEBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009988 textile finishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 150000005691 triesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
- C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
- A61Q5/00—Preparations for care of the hair
- A61Q5/12—Preparations containing hair conditioners
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
- A01N25/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests
- A01N25/30—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests characterised by the surfactants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/72—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K8/84—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
- C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
- C11D1/00—Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
- C11D1/38—Cationic compounds
- C11D1/62—Quaternary ammonium compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
- C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
- C11D1/00—Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
- C11D1/88—Ampholytes; Electroneutral compounds
Landscapes
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Dentistry (AREA)
- Environmental Sciences (AREA)
- Pest Control & Pesticides (AREA)
- Birds (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Agronomy & Crop Science (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Detergent Compositions (AREA)
- Treatments For Attaching Organic Compounds To Fibrous Goods (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
A composition comprising: (a) a compound of structural formula (1), wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms; each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is independently -H or RAC(O)- wherein RA is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds; provided that at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5 is RAC(O)-; each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is indepently -H, -CH3, -C2H5, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, -CH2COOH, or CH2COOA-; or, if R* is a -CH2CH2- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q1 and Q2 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; or, if R** is a -CH2CH2- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8; i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i+j+k) is 0 to 4; each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the mumber of modles of A-needed to give the compound of structural formula (1) a zero net charge; and water, wherein the composition does not contain a significant amount of textile resin treating compounds or silicones.
each of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is independently -H or RAC(O)- wherein RA is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds; provided that at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5 is RAC(O)-; each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is indepently -H, -CH3, -C2H5, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, -CH2COOH, or CH2COOA-; or, if R* is a -CH2CH2- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q1 and Q2 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; or, if R** is a -CH2CH2- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8; i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i+j+k) is 0 to 4; each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the mumber of modles of A-needed to give the compound of structural formula (1) a zero net charge; and water, wherein the composition does not contain a significant amount of textile resin treating compounds or silicones.
Description
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to amine and quaternary ammonium compounds and formulations thereof useful as, for instance, fabric softeners, paper debonders, hair conditioners, skin conditioners, paper deinking and ink floatation agents, asphalt emulsion agents, corrosion inhibitor agents, ore floatation agents, pesticide emulsion agents, car drying aid sprays, drilling fluid additives, and the like.
Heretofore quaternary ammonium compounds and a very few dialkyl ammonium compounds ("conventional quats") have found widespread use in many applications. For example, a variety of conventional quats have been proposed for many uses, for example, in fabric softeners for home use or for industrial and institutional use. In general, such compounds exhibit properties which present some difficulty in the manufacture, formulation use, aesthetic properties, biodegradability, and environmental compatibility of these compositions. For example, many of the conventional compositions used for these functions, even if completely biodegradable with time, do not biodegrade as rapidly as could be desired and are thus not considered readily biodegradable. In addition, several of the commercial readily biodegradable softeners, conditioners, and debonders do not function as effectively as the conventional products that are less biodegradable. Thus, to maintain effective levels of performance, increased amounts of such less effective, more readily biodegradable products (such as softeners) must be employed and, as will be readily apparent, this factor decreases the cost-effectiveness of the product. In addition, the color and the odor of the products using conventional quats also pose problems with many biodegradable raw materials. Light color and low odor are essential to obtaining customer acceptance and to achieving stable and acceptable long-term product aesthetic properties.
Such properties are difficult to achieve with conventional quats. Moreover, there is increasing interest in obtaining fabric softener and personal care formulations which are clear (translucent or transparent) liquids, even to the point of obtaining a crystal-clear dispersion when the formulation is dispensed and dispersed into rinse water (even at levels of 50-100 pprn actives in water). Clear formulations may also offer several performance advantages, depending on the application, for example, clear fabric softeners offer reduced staining of the fabric, improved dispersibility, and greatly improved rewetting of the fabric or other substrate. Discovery of such clear compositions requires careful identification of proper quaternary and/or polyquaternary ammonium compounds, together with appropriate additives, such as solvents and cosolvents, which act together to achieve the desired appearance. The relatively poor solubility of conventional quats also contributes to certain difficulties that will vary, depending on the application. For example, when such conventional quats are used in fabric softeners, their poor solubility inhibits the dispersibility of the fabric softener actives into water and the dispersibility of the formulated fabric softener product into the washing machine.
Thus, there remains a need for identification of new amine and ammonium derivatives, and particular diquaternary and polyquaternary derivatives, which are useful as fabric softeners and which are also biodegradable, highly effective in softening, debonding, conditioning, and the like, and yet avoid these problems upon manufacture, formulation and use. It is also desirable for the active agents used in hair and skin conditioners, paper debonding compositions, textile softeners, and the like, to be readily biodegradable and to exhibit a satisfactorily high activity. Conventional products have to date not been able to exhibit both properties to a high degree, thus necessitating acceptance of reduced biodegradability or reduced activity. There is thus still a need for compounds exhibiting levels of activity as conditioners, paper debonders, and so on, as the case may be, which are comparable or superior to conventionally employed actives, such as conventional quats, while also exhibiting ready biodegradability.
Certain polyquaternary ammonium compounds have been disclosed. For example, Conbere et al., U.S. Patent No. 2,87$,144, discloses the use of certain diquaternary ammonium compounds for use as softening and antistatic agents for use in aqueous textile resin treating baths (see, in particular, col. 2, lines 50-65). Conbere et al. , however, discloses no actual examples of the use of diquaternary compounds in aqueous textile resin treating baths, does not provide any formulations incorporating such diquaternary compounds, nor mentions or suggests the use of such diquaternary compounds in any application other than for textile fabric treatment using aqueous textile resin treating baths, which use is very different from the applications disclosed and claimed herein.
Moreover, the disclosure of Conbere et al. is limited to diquaternary compounds, whereas the instant application and claims include amines and triquats and tetraquats.
Schroeder et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,725,736, discloses the incorporation of certain silicone betaines into tissue to improve the softness thereof. Schroeder et al. also discloses the optional use of certain polyquaternary ammonium compounds in combination with the silicone betaines of the invention. Schroeder et al. , however, discloses no actual examples of the use of polyquaternary compounds in the method of the invention, does not provide any formulations incorporating such polyquaternary compounds, nor mentions or suggests the use of such polyquaternary compounds in any application other than tissue softening and only in combination with certain silicone betaines.
As can be appreciated, the chemistry of fabric softeners, paper debonders, hair conditioners, skin conditioners, textile softeners, car wax sprays, and the like is challenging. Each of these applications presents its own complications, because the interactions between the various components of the compositions must be considered in addition to the individual chemistry of each component. For example, considering the fabric softening application, the detergent compounds with the widest range of cleaning properties are generally anionic (negatively charged) surfactants. Such anionic surfactants, for example, may include the alkylbenzene sulfonates, a,-olefin sulfonates, and xylene sulfonates available from Witco Corporation under the WITCONATE~ trademark. In contrast, as exemplified by the amine and ammonium compounds discussed above, fabric softening compounds are generally cationic (positively charged). Thus, when the anionic detergent ingredients and cationic softening ingredients are present in the same aqueous solution, they have a natural tendency to complex together or even precipitate out of solution. This complexation or precipitation reaction interferes with the performance of both the detergent compounds and the softening compounds and is therefore undesirable. It can be readily appreciated that this undesirable complexation or precipitation reaction may occur if both detergent and softener compounds are added together in a wash cycle; however, as North American washing machines typically rinse the clothes only once before fabric softener is added to the washload, even if the fabric softener is added during a rinse cycle (as is typically done), residual anionic detergent compounds (including builders) present in the fabric complexes with the cationic softener compounds.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention achieves these objectives and also exhibits the properties and advantages described herein.
One aspect of the present invention comprises compounds of the following structural formula (hereinafter "structural formula (1)"):
R~ R5 s + m R
O O O
~5 ~3 A z A X
RZ~O-q~--N-R--~N-R"~-N-~Aa-O~-R4 ~ nA~
v W~QS ~. ~Q3 ~ ~Qz ~.
i k wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms;
each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and AS is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R', R2, R3, R4, and RS is independently -H or RAC(O)- wherein RA is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds; provided that at least one of R' , RZ, R3, R°, or RS is RAC(O)-;
each of Q~, QZ and Q3 is independently -H, -CH3, -CZHS, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, CH2COOH, or -CHzCOOA-; or, if R* is a -CHZCHz- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q' and QZ together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
or, if R** is a -CHZCHZ- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH~CHZ- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8;
i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i + j +k) is 0 to 4;
each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the number of moles of A- needed to give the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) a zero net charge.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the composition includes water in the formulation. In another preferred embodiment of the invention, the formulation does not contain a significant amount of silicone betaines or any silicone betaines. In a further preferred embodiment of the invention, the formulation does not contain a significant amount of silicone compounds or any silicone compounds. In yet another preferred embodiment of the invention, the formulation does not contain a significant amount of textile resin treating compounds or any textile resin treating compounds.
In another preferred embodiment of the invention, the composition comprises a mixture of two or mare different compounds of structural formula (1). In a-preferred embodiment of the invention, m is from about 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 4, and most preferably 3 to 4.
Another embodiment of the invention comprises compounds of structural formula (1) is compounds wherein at least one of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, each of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1. Another embodiment of the invention includes compounds of structural formula (1) wherein substituents Q', QZ and Q3 are not present, or there is one or more substituents selected from Q', QZ and Q3 and any such substituent present is -H. Another embodiment of the present invention further comprises an amine salt, polyamine salt, or mixture thereof.
Yet another embodiment of the present invention comprises liquid compositions, useful for instance as fabric softeners, comprising (a) a component selected from the group consisting of compounds of structural formula (1) and mixtures thereof; (b) water; and (c) optionally, one or more solvents or cosolvents.
Another aspect of the present invention comprises a composition comprising:
(a) a compound of structural formula (1); and (b) a second surfactant selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, zwitterionic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, and blends thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition further comprises water. In an embodiment of the present invention, the second surfactant comprises a conventional quaternary compound. In another embodiment of the present invention, the composition does not contain a significant amount of silicones. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the composition comprises a mixture of two or more different compounds of structural formula (1). In a further embodiment of the present invention, the composition comprises a mixture of two or more different conventional quaternary compounds. In an embodiment of the present invention, the secondary surfactant is selected from the group consisting of: alkylbenzene sulfonates, a-olefin sulfonates, and xylene sulfonates. In another embodiment of the present invention, the secondary surfactant is selected from the group consisting of: nonylphenol ethoxylates; CS-CZO linear or branched alcoxylates using EO, PO, iPO, BO, or mixtures thereof; amine ethoxylates;
fatty amide ethoxylates; fatty acid ethoxylates; carboxylated nonionics; a-polyglucosides;
and mixtures thereof. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the secondary surfactant is an alkanolamide. In an embodiment of the present invention, the secondary surfactant is an amine oxide.
A further aspect of the present invention comprises a composition comprising: (a) a compound of structural formula (1); (b) a solvatrope or coupling agent or blends thereof; and (c) an oil or hydrophobic organic component and blends thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition further comprises water. In another embodiment of the present invention, the amount of the compound of structural formula (I) is about 0. I wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. %
of the formulation, and the amount of water is about 20 to 99.7 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 35 wt. % to about 99.7 wt. % . In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the oil or hydrophobic organic component is selected from the group consisting of:
fatty acids;
fatty amides; fatty alcohols; fatty oils; fatty esters made from a Cg-CZZ
fatty acid and a CI-Cg alcohol; dialkyl esters; mineral oil; mineral seal. oils; silicone oils;
petrolatums;
monoglycerides; diglycerides; triglycerides; aliphatic, paraffinic, and naphthalinic hydrocarbons; oils and spirits; and mixtures thereof. In other embodiments of the present invention, the composition comprises a mixture of two or more different compounds of structural formula (1) or a mixture of two or more different solvents or coupling agents. In another embodiment of the present invention, the iodine value of the fatty acid used to make the compound of structural formula (1) ranges from about 30 to about 140, preferably from about 80 to about 120, most preferably, from about 90 to about 110.
In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition is emulsified into a microemulsion. In another embodiment of the present invention, the composition is clear.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , and most preferably about 15 wt. % to about 25 wt. % ; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 2 wt. % to about 15 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 3 wt. % about 10 wt. %, and most preferably about 6 wt. % to about 10 wt. %; the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 5 wt. % to 50 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , and most preferably about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. % ; and the amount of water is about 10 to 70 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 20 wt. % to about 60 wt. %, and most preferably about 30 wt.
% to about 50 wt. % .
In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition is used as a personal care formulation, wherein the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0. I
wt. % to about 25 wt. % , and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 5 wt. % ; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt. % about 25 wt. %, and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. %;
the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 25 wt. % , and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; and the amount of water is about 20 to 99.7 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about wt. % to about 99.7 wt. % , and most preferably about 65 wt. % to about 99.7 wt. % .
In another embodiment of the present invention, the composition is a pesticide emulsion agent formulation further comprising water. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the composition is a pesticide formulation comprising the pesticide 35 emulsion agent formulation and an effective amount of pesticide. In another embodiment of the present invention, the pesticide formulation comprises an amount of compound of structural formula ( 1 ) ranging from about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % , preferably from 10 wt. % to about 40 wt. % , of the pesticide formulation.
Other aspects of the instant invention include using the compounds of structural formula (1) either alone or in formulations, as a fabric softener (either alone or in a combination detergent/fabric softener), as a car spray microemulsion, as a paper debonder, as a hair or skin conditioner, as a corrosion inhibitor, as an asphalt emulsifier, as an organoclay ingredient, or as an agricultural product emulsifier. The polyethoxylated compounds of structural formula (1) may also find uses as textile treatments, particularly when used in conjunction with a resin bath. Other aspects of the present invention include such methods and processes using the compounds of structural formula (1) either alone or in formulations.
It can be seen from the above, that ranges in amounts given for each ingredient or component of a composition or formulation set forth herein in certain circumstances may be theoretically capable of adding up to a sum of greater than 100% . As would be appreciated by those of skill in the art, it is understood that such impossible formulations (that is, those formulations whose component amounts add to a sum greater than 100%) are excluded from the claims and disclosure. For example, a formulation having components A and B, where the amount of A is said to range from 25 % to 75 %
and the amount of B is said to range from 25 % to 55 % , if containing 65 % of A, is understood to have 35 % or less of B in that formulation, so that the sum of A and B does not exceed 100 % .
Thus, all formulations or compositions presented herein whose component amounts add to a sum less than or equal to 100% are understood as being part of the claims and disclosure.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to novel polyester amine compounds and polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions and formulations containing such novel compounds, and uses thereof.
A. PREFERRED COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
As will be appreciated, a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises mixtures of compounds corresponding to structural formula (1), such that degrees of quaternization or protonation (including unquaternized, unprotonated compounds), degrees of esterification, and chain lengths and molecular weights of different molecules within the mixture will differ such that the respective properties can be represented as an average over all the molecules present in the mixture. In such mixtures, then, properties such as the degree of quaternization can be expressed as average values which may lie between integer whole numbers.
Referring to structural formula ( 1 ), the groups depicted as Q' , QZ and Q3 represent substituents which, when present, protonate (if they are -H) or quaternize (if they are any other group) the respective nitrogen atoms to which they are bonded.
While the structure of structural formula ( 1 ) embraces compounds ranging from compounds wherein no nitrogen atom is quaternized or protonated with a corresponding Q substituent, through compounds wherein every nitrogen atom is quaternized or protonated with a Q
substituent, one preferred embodiment is compounds wherein the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) should be partially quaternized. The term "partially" is meant to convey that at least one nitrogen atom on the molecule as depicted in structural formula ( 1 ) does not have a Q
substituent attached to it. In particular, in mixtures of compounds which are diamines (that is, in structural formula (1), the subscript r is zero), there is on average in the mixture preferably 1-2, and more preferably I.5-2, quaternizing groups Q per molecule.
Another preferred embodiment is compounds, and mixtures thereof, in which there are either no Q substituents or the only Q substituents present are -H.
Such Q
substituents can be present in a degree such that all nitrogen atoms are protonated, or fewer than all nitrogen atoms are protonated ("full" and "partial" protonation, respectively).
Although many of the teachings and disclosure below uses the terms "quats", "ester quats", "polyester quats", and similar language with respect to applications and formulations including compounds of structural formula (1), such disclosures should be understood to apply equally to the non-quaternized compounds according to structural formula (1), unless specifically and unambiguously excluded.
The compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) may also have any of a range of degrees of esterification, depending on the application. As shown in structural formula (1), the degree of esterification can range from 1 to 4 for diamines, arid up to 5 or 6 for- triamines or tetramines, respectively. The preferred degree of esterification, that is, the total number of RA groups present, preferably ranges from about 2 to about 4. This is true especially for diamines, wherein a preferred degree of esterification is from 1 to about 3 for clear, translucent formulations and about 2 to 3.5 for easily dispersible formulations, and the more preferred degree of esterification is about 2.0 to about 2.5; for triamines and tetramines the preferred degree of esterification should be adjusted accordingly; that is, approximately one additional ester group per additional amine group. In emulsifier applications, the compound of structural formula (1) is prepared having only about 1 to about 2 ester groups per molecule to ensure that the molecule as a whole is less hydrophobic than those that would typically be employed in other applications. Any desired degree of esterification can be attained by reaction between the polyhydroxy-substituted precursor. and a stoichiometrically appropriate amount of the corresponding carboxylic acid(s). For instance, even a noninteger target degree of esterification such as 2.5 can be attained by reaction to form a mixture containing S equal amounts of triester and diester.
The respective RAC(O)- acyl groups can all have the same chain lengths.
More preferably they have several chain lengths and degrees of carbon-carbon unsaturation, reflecting the fact that the fatty acyl groups can be derived from naturally occurring sources which contain mixtures of fatty acids with differing chain lengths and differing degrees of carbon-carbon unsaturation. Examples of such sources include fatty acids derived from the following sources: tallow, fish oils, canola (including fatty acids derived from partially hydrogenated canola), jojoba, palm, coconut, avocado, wheat germ, rapeseed, olive, orange, corn, linseed, neem, peanut, safflower, sesame seed, soybean, sunflower seed, and cocoa butter. Preferred materials are tallow, canola, and palm. If a clear formulation is desired, the use of an unsaturated fatty acid is preferred to make the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) or at least a portion of the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) used in the formulation.
The degree of unsaturation of a compound is typically expressed as the iodine value (LV.).
If a clear formulation is desired, the I. V . of the fatty acid used to make the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) ranges from about 30 to about 140, more preferably the I. V . ranges from about 80 to about 120, most preferably the LV. ranges from about 90 to about 110.
Such clear formulations have an additional advantage: they generally exhibit excellent freeze/thaw recovery.
Referring to structural formula (I), the molecules shown can be diamines, triamines, or tetramines. For many purposes, the diamines are preferred. The R* bridge linking the two nitrogen atoms of the diamine can contain 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and preferably contains 3 to 12 carbon atoms, most preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. One particularly preferred R* group is an alkylene containing 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as linear hexamethylene. Other useful groups can contain up to 10 carbon atoms between the nitrogen atoms, or anywhere from 3 to 10 carbon atoms presenting straight or branched alkylene structures. The various moieties depicted at structural formula (I) as A~-S
can each, independently, be ethyl, propyl (straight or branched) or butyl (straight or branched).
Preferably, each of the A1-5 groups present is the same, for ease of synthesis. It is also preferred that each of A1-5 is ethyl or propyl (especially isopropyl). Further preferred embodiments of compounds of structural formula (1) are described herein with respect to the various formulation capabilities of the products of this invention. The compounds of structural formula (1), when quaternized and/or protonated to any degree, include an anion A- which is present in a number of moles equal to the total positive charge of the nitrogen-containing canon. The anion A- can represent any anion which is not deleterious to the properties of the overall compound. Non-limiting examples of A- include fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide, chlorite, chlorate, hydroxide, hypophosphite, phosphite, phosphate, carbonate, formate, acetate, lactate, and other carboxylates, oxalate, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, benzoate, and salicylate, and the like. Preferred examples are chloride, bromide, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, and salicylate. If the anion is monovalent (has a charge of -I), A- represents the anion group, if the anion is divalent (has a charge of -2), A- represents half of the anion group, if the anion is trivalent (has a charge of -3), A-represents a third of the anion group, and so on. As will be appreciated given these definitions, m will always equal n in structural formula (1). The compounds of structural formula (I) include structures that incorporate a piperazine ring. For example, if R* is a -CHZCHz- group, Q' and Q3 together or Q' and QZ together may be a -CHzCH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
or, if R** is a -CHZCHZ- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CHZCHZ- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring.
As used in this application, the term "monoalkoxylated compound" or similar term means a compound of structural formula (1) wherein none of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than i . Thus, a monoalkoxylated compound does not contain any polymeric chains of alkoxy groups (that is, two or more alkoxy groups attached together) attached directly to a nitrogen atom of a compound of structural formula (1). In contrast, the term "polyalkoxylated compound" or similar term means a compound of structural formula (1) wherein any of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1. Thus, a polyalkoxylated compound contains at least one polymeric chain of alkoxy groups (that is, two or more alkoxy groups attached together) attached directly to a nitrogen atom of a compound of structural formula (1).
The instant invention involves compounds of structural formula (1) and formulations thereof, and uses thereof. In certain parts of this application, however, distinctions will be made between monoalkoxylated compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) and polyalkoxylated compounds of structural formula (1) and such distinctions will be explicitly made. If no such distinction is made, it is be understood that the statement applies both the monoalkoxylated compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) and the polyalkoxylated compounds of structural formula (1). Thus, the term "alkoxylated compounds" includes both monoethoxylated compounds and polyethoxylated compounds as defined above.
Similarly, the term "ethoxylated compounds" includes both monoethoxylated compounds and polyethoxylated compounds.
WO 00/21918 PCT/US98/21b83 The compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) can be used alone or in mixtures, used in combination with other compounds or additives, or used as a formulation with other compounds or additives, depending on the intended use and the advantages and disadvantages attendant with each alternative application method. Some examples of compounds or additives that may be used in conjunction with compounds of structural formula (1) or made into formulations with compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) . include surfactants or detergents, especially quaternary ammonium compounds, perfumes, preservatives, insect and moth repelling agents, polymeric soil release agents, antistatic agents, dyes and colorants, viscosity control agents, antioxidants, silicones, mineral oils and petrolatums, synthetic lubricants, defoaming agents, antifoaming agents, emulsifiers, brighteners, opacifiers, freeze-thaw control agents, shrinkage control agents, and mixtures thereof. Many examples of these additives are set forth in detail and are intended to demonstrate the scope of the invention.
Other compounds or additives familiar to those of skill in the art and appropriate to a particular use, however, may also be used with or formulated with the compounds of structural formula ( 1 ).
The compounds of structural formula (1) (either alone or in combination with other compounds) have many potential applications. For example, the compounds of structural formula (1) may be used as detailed herein, without limitation, as a fabric softener (either alone or in a combination detergent/fabric softener), as a car spray microemulsion, as a paper debonder, as a hair or skin conditioner, as a corrosion inhibitor, as an asphalt emulsifier, as an organoclay ingredient, or as an agricultural product emulsifier. The polyethoxylated compounds may also fmd uses as textile treatments, particularly when used in conjunction with a resin bath.
B. APPLICATIONS
The present disclosure shows that the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used for many purposes and suitable additives may be incorporated therein based on the ultimate application. Such ingredients, for example, may contribute significantly to the ease of formulation, stability, dispersibility, fluidity, and the performance properties of the compositions.
In one aspect, the present invention provides compounds and formulations that have the ability to impart to fabric (that is, articles of clothing, textiles, and so forth), properties including softness to the touch, ease of handling, increased lubricity, and a reduced tendency to carry or pick up static electricity. One form in the compounds and formulations of the present invention are provided is as a liquid, for instance, as an emulsion or as a solution/suspension of the desired components. During use, an appropriate controlled amount of the liquid formulation is employed, for example, by pouring the formulation directly into the washing machine. Typically, the formulation is dispensed during the rinse cycle of the washing machine, either poured in by hand or metered in by an appropriate automatic metering device with which the washing machine is equipped. In addition, the S present invention also provides compounds and formulations that may find use as textile treatments to add lubricity and finishing to the fabric prior to shipping the textile to market, particularly when used in conjunction with a resin bath. In such an application, the textile mill would typically apply the formulation in dilute emulsions and rapidly dry the excess water from the fabric to lubricate the fibers and give it a surface finish.
Moreover, the present invention provides compounds and formulations that have the ability to impart to paper and paper products softness, lubricity, and antistatic properties, and improve ease of handling of the substrate and surface appearance; in the papermaking process, such compounds of the present invention are termed debonders. Debonders are usually added to the paper fibers in the head tank or headbox of a papermaking machine where the paper fibers are pulped as an aqueous slurry just prior to feeding the resulting slurry onto the papermaking or dewatering screen. These debonders condition the fibers to give improved softness feeling to the paper fibers that is valuable for their use in tissue and towelmaking.
The compositions and formulations of the present invention can also be incorporated into the paper or tissue by any suitable means such as spraying or printing onto the surface of the paper or tissue.
The present invention also provides compounds and formulations that are useful in personal care products such as hair or skin conditioners. In this application, the present invention provides formulations that impart softness, lubricity, and improve the surface appearance of the skin or hair. The hair conditioners additionally reduce the tendency for tangling, improve the manageability, and impart a soft feel to the hair strands.
Such hair conditioners are applied as dilute emulsions to the hair following its wash or may be incorporated into a combined conditioner and shampoo composition, also known as a conditioning shampoo, two-in-one shampoo, or two-in-one. Such hair and skin conditioning formulations typicaily incorporate effective amounts, for example, 0.1 wt. %
to 10 wt. % or more, of emollients, humectants, and/or slip and conditioning agents, such as organopolysiloxanes and the like, to create formulations that are monophasic and can be made to be translucent or even clear. Compounds suitable for use as emollients, humectants and conditioners in formulations for skin care or hair care can be found in the CTFA
Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary, 3d Edition, and the CTFA Cosmetic Ingredient Handbook.
~z The compositions of the present invention are particularly useful in applications that take advantage of their ability to disperse hydrophobic material, to stabilize foam, and to enhance the penetration and wetting exhibited by the compositions. Examples of such compositions and applications are set forth below, each revealing an additional aspect of the present invention. For example, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as oil dispersants and oil slick dispersant formulations for application onto oil, for example, onto a film of oil, to disperse the oil. The compounds and formulations of the present invention may also be used as oil well stimulation and oil recovery aids for injection into oil wells in order to penetrate into the surface of the borehole and assist liberation of crude oil from the matrix material into the borehole, from which it can be brought to the surface. In addition, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as vehicles for hydrophobic sheeting agents such as mineral oil and silicone oil. Such oils can readily be dispersed in compositions, according to the present invention, and the resulting formulations are highly satisfactory when sprayed or otherwise applied to a surface, such as a freshly washed automobile surface, to impart a lustrous, water-repellent film to the surface. The compounds and formulations of the present invention may also be used as rinse aids, such as used in automatic dishwashers, wherein application of the composition of the present invention disperses residual hydrophobic matter, including cleaner residues and films. Furthermore, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as paper deinking and ink flotation agents for treating waste inked paper by addition to the pulp slurry such that the ink is liberated from the paper and prevented from redepositing onto the paper. In this application, the ink is typically dispersed or even fully solubilized in the resulting solution when the ink particles are floated from the fibers. The compounds and formulations of the present invention may also be used as asphalt emulsion agents for emulsifying finely divided asphalt (at loadings of typically 1-20 wt. % ), with or without particulate filler such as sand, in an aqueous phase which comprises the composition according to the present invention. Moreover, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as corrosion inhibitor agents for application to any surface to which one desires to apply a film that protects against corrosion.
The composition would typically contain an effective amount of a hydrophobic corrosion inhibiting material, such as liquid or waxy-solid fatty ester, paraffinic hydrocarbon, silicone, or the like, dispersed in a composition according to the present invention. In addition, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used with ore flotation agents for separating ore from rock. Such floatation agents might include, for example, the agent available from Witco Corporation under the tradename WITCAMINE~ AIA2-12. Typically, the ore ~3 floatation agent (a collector or frother, depending on the characteristics of the particular separation desired in the flotation cell) or mixture thereof, which is a relatively hydrophobic material, is dispersed in a composition according to the invention and an effective amount is added (on a batch or continuous basis) to the ore separation cell. This permits the formulator to improve the dispersibility of the hydrophobic ore floatation agent, which often improves the performance of the mineral separation by improving the efficiency of the floatation agent's dispersibility. This can enable the operator to use smaller amounts of the ore floatation agent to achieve the desired purpose because there is a higher concentration of active ingredients available. In addition, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as suspension concentrates and emulsifiable concentrates of herbicides, pesticides, miticides, fungicides, or bactericides, wherein one or more liquid or solid, generally hydrophobic, active ingredients are dispersed in a composition according to the present invention. The resulting concentrate can be applied as a concentrate on or around desired vegetation, but is more often mixed with water (for example, at the point of use) to form a final dilute formulation having the desired concentration of active ingredient(s). This application takes advantage of the noteworthy property of this invention that addition of the water does not disrupt the monophasic state, nor the fluidity, of the formulation.
As noted above, the compositions and formulations of the present invention can also optionally contain other components, depending on the additional properties one may wish to provide in the finished composition. Such additional components include, but are not limited to, additional coupling agents and solvents, additional quaternary ammonium compounds, additional surfactants, hydrocarbon actives, perfumes, preservatives including bacteriocides and fungicides, insect and moth repelling agents, polymeric soil release agents, antistatic agents, dyes and colorants, especially bluing agents, viscosity control agents, antioxidants, silicones, defoaming agents, antifoaming agents, emulsifiers, brighteners, opacifiers, freeze-thaw control agents, shrinkage control agents, aloe, humectants, skin protectants, feel modifiers, and mixtures thereof.
C. SYNTHESIS
Compounds of structural formula (1) can easily be synthesized from readily available starting materials using reaction procedures and conditions quite familiar to those of ordinary skill in this art. The preferred procedure begins with a diamine, triamine or tetramine of structural formula HZN-R*-(NH-R**)~ NHS. Preferred compounds having the required structural formula include hexamethylenediamine (HMDA), bis(hexamethylene)triamine (BHMT), 1,2-diaminocyclohexane; 1,3-pentanediamine, and 2 methylpentamethylenediamine (MPMD). This polyamine compound is next alkoxylated using an alkoxylating agent. The alkoxylating agents may be ethylene oxide (EO), propylene oxide (PO), isopropylene oxide (iP0), or butylene oxide (BO), or (less preferred) a mixture thereof, depending on the desired choice of alkyl groups to become attached to the respective nitrogen atoms. The number of moles of alkylene oxide reactant and the reaction conditions are established such that the terminal primary amine hydrogen atoms are disubstituted with hydroxyalkyl, and each of the secondary amines, if any, is monosubstituted with hydroxyalkyl. It should be noted that polyethoxylated polyamine products typically are quite dark (4-8 Gardner units) after only 8 to 12 moles of EO are added. If colorless polyalkoxylated products are desired, it is often necessary to react the polyamine with a sufficient amount of PO, iPO, or BO or a mixture thereof to convert the amine groups into tertiary amine groups before addition of EO, usually with the addition of sodium borohydride and an alkaline catalyst. Although such product is not a pure ethoxylated amine, it is desirably colorless.
Next, the alkoxylated product is esterified by reaction of fatty acids with the respective hydroxyl groups resulting from the alkoxylation. As indicated above, the molecule may be completely esterified, but it is preferred for formulation reasons to achieve only partial esterification. There should, however, be at least one ester group per molecule of structural formula (1). The esterification is carried out with carboxylic acids of structural formula RAC(O)OH, wherein RA is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 9 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds. While the esterification can be carried out with an appropriate quantity of one such carboxylic acid, it is preferred for reasons of economy, product performance, and convenience to employ mixtures of carboxylic acids each corresponding to structural formula RAC(O)OH. For instance, mixtures of such fatty acids from various animal and vegetable origins are conveniently commercially available.
One example of such material is tallow fatty acids which, as is generally known in this field, is a mixture of fatty acids predominantly composed of fatty acids containing 14, 16, and 18 carbon atoms, and 0, 1, and 2 degrees of unsaturation. Other preferred sources include coconut fatty acids and canola fatty acids, although any suitable fatty acid may be used.
Esterification is carried out under conventional conditions, well-known to the chemist in this field, allowing for the withdrawal of byproduct water. The number of moles of fatty acid is selected to provide the desired average degree of esterification in the mixture of products formed upon esterification.
Next, if desired, the esterified product or mixture of esterified products is quaternized and/or protonated. As recognized hereinabove, the esterified product can be completely quaternized, but it is preferred to carry out partial quaternization only, if any.
,s Quaternization is carried out under conditions well known in this field for quaternization of amines, by reaction of the esterified amine with a . suitable quaternizing agent. The quaternizing agents have the formulas Q1A and QUA, which can of course be the same and preferably are the same. With triamines and tetramines a second (or third) quaternizing agent Q3A can be used; it is likewise preferably the same as Q1A and QzA.
Preferably, only one particular quaternizing agent is employed, in which case all of the quaternizing substituents Q will be the same. Preferred quaternizing agents include methyl chloride, dimethyl sulfate (DMS), and diethyl sulfate (DES).
Protonation, if desired, can be carried out by reacting the esterified product or mixture of products with an acid of the formula HA, such as hydrochloric acid, or other strong acids, such as sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid. Each of the foregoing reactions can be carried out in solvent or in solvent-free conditions, in each case employing conditions well established for the respective reactions in this field.
Preferred diamine compounds of the present invention include hexamethylenediamine (HMDA) alkoxylated ester diamines or quats, most preferably HMDA
alkoxylated ester quats, which are made according to the above method.
Accordingly, HMDA may be reacted with 4 moles of alkoxylating agent per mole of HMDA. If a polyalkoxylated HMDA ester compound is desired, more than 4 moles of alkoxylating agent would be used, for example, 4.1 to 32 moles of ethylene oxide. The resulting HMDA
alkoxylate is then esterified by reaction with 1 to 4 moles of fatty acid, for example, tallow fatty acid. The resulting HMDA alkoxylated ester may then be quaternized with up to 2 moles of dimethyl sulfate (DMS) per mole of HMDA. Example 1 below details the synthesis of a particular HMDA monoalkoxylated ester quat. Preferred triamine compounds of the present invention include bis(hexamethylene)triamine (BHMT) alkoxylated ester quats, most preferably BHMT ethoxylated ester quats, which are made according to the above method.
Accordingly, BHMT may be reacted with 5 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of BHMT. If a polyalkoxylated BHMT ester compound is desired, more than 5 moles of alkoxylating agent would be used, for example, 5.1 to 40 moles of ethylene oxide. The resulting BHMT
alkoxylate is then esterified by reaction with 5 moles of fatty acid, for example, canola fatty acid. The resulting BHMT aikoxylated ester may then be quaternized with up to 3 moles of dimethyl sulfate (DMS) per mole of BHMT.
D. FORMULATIONS AND PROPERTIES
The products as described herein exhibit a number of desirable properties making them particularly suitable for formulation into commercial products such as fabric softeners and other commercial products, as mentioned above.
/~a Most notably, the compounds of structural formula (1) can readily be formulated into useful compositions such as aqueous compositions, which achieve the desired functionality and which are clear, that is, transparent or translucent. This property can be realized at a variety of concentrations of active ingredient, with or even without special solvents or coupling agents. In addition, microemulsion formulations can be made that improve the ease of application and effectiveness of the resulting formulation.
Emulsion or microemulsion formulations according to the present invention have many applications, for example, as car "cheater" wax spray technology to improve beading and act as a drying aid, as fabric softeners, and as personal care products, for example, as a moisturizer/conditioner if the compound of structural formula (1) is not skin irritating. In addition, such emulsions or microemulsions may fmd uses in paper debonding/finishing, as emulsifiers for silicone oils and pesticides, and as emulsifiers/softeners for textile finishing. Generally such formulations include three components: (a) compound of structural formula ( 1 ), (b) a solvatrope or coupling agent and 1S blends thereof, and (c) an oil or hydrophobic organic component and blends thereof, which are blended in water. These microemulsion formulations give stable, clear (translucent) products that do not go through thick or viscous gel phases but disperse readily and quickly into very fme particle size microemulsions when diluted or dispersed in water.
These microemulsions have many additional advantages over conventional microemulsions, such as the products sold by Witco Corporation under the tradename CARSPRAYTM: reduced particle size, improved beading and sheeting over, and improved biodegradability, especially when used with methyl ester oils.
If the resulting formulation is intended to be used as a personal care formulation, the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 0.1 wt.% to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 25 wt.
%, and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 5 wt. % ; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt.
% about 25 wt. % , and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. % ; the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 25 wt. %, and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 5 wt. % ; and the amount of water is about 20 to 99.7 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 35 wt.
to about 99.7 wt. % , and most preferably about 65 wt. % to about 99.7 wt. % .
A further example of personal care microemulsions according to the invention is provided below as Example 29. If the resulting formulation is intended to be used in a car drying aid formulation or other application, the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 10 wt. %
to about 30 wt. % , and most preferably about 15 wt. % to about 25 wt. % ; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 2 wt. % to about 15 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 3 wt.
about 10 wt. % , and most preferably about 6 wt. % to about 10 wt. % ; the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 5 wt. % to 50 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , and most preferably about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. % ; and the amount of water is about 10 to 70 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 20 wt. % to about 60 wt. % , and most preferably about 30 wt. % to about 50 wt. % .
Other properties are realized as well. For instance, as noted above, the products are biodegradable. Surprisingly, the embodiments which have no Q
substituents, or wherein the only Q substituents are -H, exhibit particularly high biodegradability. Also, the compounds of structural formula (1) exhibit advantageous stability, solubility, and freedom from excessively objectionable color and odor. The color and odor stability is exhibited in formulations wherein the compound or compounds of structural formula (1) are the only nitrogenous compounds present. Color and order stability is also exhibited in formulations wherein one or more compounds of structural fornmla ( 1 ) is present with one or more additional conventional quaternary ammonium compounds. Thus, the compounds of the present invention improve the color and odor stability of the other conventional quaternary ammonium compounds present. The color stability property is shown in the following data, in which color stability was assessed by heating samples of each product shown in Table I to 110°C in open tubes in an air circulation oven, periodically measuring the color in Gardner units and calculating the color change over time:
TABLE
I
ProductColor Rate of color (Gardner change (Gardner units) units)/day start 1 day 2 days 6 daysAt 2 days At 6 days 1 2.5 4.5 6.0 14.5 1.75 2.0 2 1 4.5 6.5 16 2.75 2.5 3 1 1.5 4 8.5 1.5 1.3 4 4 -- - 11.5* - 1.9*
The present invention relates to amine and quaternary ammonium compounds and formulations thereof useful as, for instance, fabric softeners, paper debonders, hair conditioners, skin conditioners, paper deinking and ink floatation agents, asphalt emulsion agents, corrosion inhibitor agents, ore floatation agents, pesticide emulsion agents, car drying aid sprays, drilling fluid additives, and the like.
Heretofore quaternary ammonium compounds and a very few dialkyl ammonium compounds ("conventional quats") have found widespread use in many applications. For example, a variety of conventional quats have been proposed for many uses, for example, in fabric softeners for home use or for industrial and institutional use. In general, such compounds exhibit properties which present some difficulty in the manufacture, formulation use, aesthetic properties, biodegradability, and environmental compatibility of these compositions. For example, many of the conventional compositions used for these functions, even if completely biodegradable with time, do not biodegrade as rapidly as could be desired and are thus not considered readily biodegradable. In addition, several of the commercial readily biodegradable softeners, conditioners, and debonders do not function as effectively as the conventional products that are less biodegradable. Thus, to maintain effective levels of performance, increased amounts of such less effective, more readily biodegradable products (such as softeners) must be employed and, as will be readily apparent, this factor decreases the cost-effectiveness of the product. In addition, the color and the odor of the products using conventional quats also pose problems with many biodegradable raw materials. Light color and low odor are essential to obtaining customer acceptance and to achieving stable and acceptable long-term product aesthetic properties.
Such properties are difficult to achieve with conventional quats. Moreover, there is increasing interest in obtaining fabric softener and personal care formulations which are clear (translucent or transparent) liquids, even to the point of obtaining a crystal-clear dispersion when the formulation is dispensed and dispersed into rinse water (even at levels of 50-100 pprn actives in water). Clear formulations may also offer several performance advantages, depending on the application, for example, clear fabric softeners offer reduced staining of the fabric, improved dispersibility, and greatly improved rewetting of the fabric or other substrate. Discovery of such clear compositions requires careful identification of proper quaternary and/or polyquaternary ammonium compounds, together with appropriate additives, such as solvents and cosolvents, which act together to achieve the desired appearance. The relatively poor solubility of conventional quats also contributes to certain difficulties that will vary, depending on the application. For example, when such conventional quats are used in fabric softeners, their poor solubility inhibits the dispersibility of the fabric softener actives into water and the dispersibility of the formulated fabric softener product into the washing machine.
Thus, there remains a need for identification of new amine and ammonium derivatives, and particular diquaternary and polyquaternary derivatives, which are useful as fabric softeners and which are also biodegradable, highly effective in softening, debonding, conditioning, and the like, and yet avoid these problems upon manufacture, formulation and use. It is also desirable for the active agents used in hair and skin conditioners, paper debonding compositions, textile softeners, and the like, to be readily biodegradable and to exhibit a satisfactorily high activity. Conventional products have to date not been able to exhibit both properties to a high degree, thus necessitating acceptance of reduced biodegradability or reduced activity. There is thus still a need for compounds exhibiting levels of activity as conditioners, paper debonders, and so on, as the case may be, which are comparable or superior to conventionally employed actives, such as conventional quats, while also exhibiting ready biodegradability.
Certain polyquaternary ammonium compounds have been disclosed. For example, Conbere et al., U.S. Patent No. 2,87$,144, discloses the use of certain diquaternary ammonium compounds for use as softening and antistatic agents for use in aqueous textile resin treating baths (see, in particular, col. 2, lines 50-65). Conbere et al. , however, discloses no actual examples of the use of diquaternary compounds in aqueous textile resin treating baths, does not provide any formulations incorporating such diquaternary compounds, nor mentions or suggests the use of such diquaternary compounds in any application other than for textile fabric treatment using aqueous textile resin treating baths, which use is very different from the applications disclosed and claimed herein.
Moreover, the disclosure of Conbere et al. is limited to diquaternary compounds, whereas the instant application and claims include amines and triquats and tetraquats.
Schroeder et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,725,736, discloses the incorporation of certain silicone betaines into tissue to improve the softness thereof. Schroeder et al. also discloses the optional use of certain polyquaternary ammonium compounds in combination with the silicone betaines of the invention. Schroeder et al. , however, discloses no actual examples of the use of polyquaternary compounds in the method of the invention, does not provide any formulations incorporating such polyquaternary compounds, nor mentions or suggests the use of such polyquaternary compounds in any application other than tissue softening and only in combination with certain silicone betaines.
As can be appreciated, the chemistry of fabric softeners, paper debonders, hair conditioners, skin conditioners, textile softeners, car wax sprays, and the like is challenging. Each of these applications presents its own complications, because the interactions between the various components of the compositions must be considered in addition to the individual chemistry of each component. For example, considering the fabric softening application, the detergent compounds with the widest range of cleaning properties are generally anionic (negatively charged) surfactants. Such anionic surfactants, for example, may include the alkylbenzene sulfonates, a,-olefin sulfonates, and xylene sulfonates available from Witco Corporation under the WITCONATE~ trademark. In contrast, as exemplified by the amine and ammonium compounds discussed above, fabric softening compounds are generally cationic (positively charged). Thus, when the anionic detergent ingredients and cationic softening ingredients are present in the same aqueous solution, they have a natural tendency to complex together or even precipitate out of solution. This complexation or precipitation reaction interferes with the performance of both the detergent compounds and the softening compounds and is therefore undesirable. It can be readily appreciated that this undesirable complexation or precipitation reaction may occur if both detergent and softener compounds are added together in a wash cycle; however, as North American washing machines typically rinse the clothes only once before fabric softener is added to the washload, even if the fabric softener is added during a rinse cycle (as is typically done), residual anionic detergent compounds (including builders) present in the fabric complexes with the cationic softener compounds.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention achieves these objectives and also exhibits the properties and advantages described herein.
One aspect of the present invention comprises compounds of the following structural formula (hereinafter "structural formula (1)"):
R~ R5 s + m R
O O O
~5 ~3 A z A X
RZ~O-q~--N-R--~N-R"~-N-~Aa-O~-R4 ~ nA~
v W~QS ~. ~Q3 ~ ~Qz ~.
i k wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms;
each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and AS is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R', R2, R3, R4, and RS is independently -H or RAC(O)- wherein RA is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds; provided that at least one of R' , RZ, R3, R°, or RS is RAC(O)-;
each of Q~, QZ and Q3 is independently -H, -CH3, -CZHS, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, CH2COOH, or -CHzCOOA-; or, if R* is a -CHZCHz- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q' and QZ together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
or, if R** is a -CHZCHZ- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH~CHZ- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8;
i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i + j +k) is 0 to 4;
each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the number of moles of A- needed to give the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) a zero net charge.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the composition includes water in the formulation. In another preferred embodiment of the invention, the formulation does not contain a significant amount of silicone betaines or any silicone betaines. In a further preferred embodiment of the invention, the formulation does not contain a significant amount of silicone compounds or any silicone compounds. In yet another preferred embodiment of the invention, the formulation does not contain a significant amount of textile resin treating compounds or any textile resin treating compounds.
In another preferred embodiment of the invention, the composition comprises a mixture of two or mare different compounds of structural formula (1). In a-preferred embodiment of the invention, m is from about 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 4, and most preferably 3 to 4.
Another embodiment of the invention comprises compounds of structural formula (1) is compounds wherein at least one of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, each of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1. Another embodiment of the invention includes compounds of structural formula (1) wherein substituents Q', QZ and Q3 are not present, or there is one or more substituents selected from Q', QZ and Q3 and any such substituent present is -H. Another embodiment of the present invention further comprises an amine salt, polyamine salt, or mixture thereof.
Yet another embodiment of the present invention comprises liquid compositions, useful for instance as fabric softeners, comprising (a) a component selected from the group consisting of compounds of structural formula (1) and mixtures thereof; (b) water; and (c) optionally, one or more solvents or cosolvents.
Another aspect of the present invention comprises a composition comprising:
(a) a compound of structural formula (1); and (b) a second surfactant selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, zwitterionic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, and blends thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition further comprises water. In an embodiment of the present invention, the second surfactant comprises a conventional quaternary compound. In another embodiment of the present invention, the composition does not contain a significant amount of silicones. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the composition comprises a mixture of two or more different compounds of structural formula (1). In a further embodiment of the present invention, the composition comprises a mixture of two or more different conventional quaternary compounds. In an embodiment of the present invention, the secondary surfactant is selected from the group consisting of: alkylbenzene sulfonates, a-olefin sulfonates, and xylene sulfonates. In another embodiment of the present invention, the secondary surfactant is selected from the group consisting of: nonylphenol ethoxylates; CS-CZO linear or branched alcoxylates using EO, PO, iPO, BO, or mixtures thereof; amine ethoxylates;
fatty amide ethoxylates; fatty acid ethoxylates; carboxylated nonionics; a-polyglucosides;
and mixtures thereof. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the secondary surfactant is an alkanolamide. In an embodiment of the present invention, the secondary surfactant is an amine oxide.
A further aspect of the present invention comprises a composition comprising: (a) a compound of structural formula (1); (b) a solvatrope or coupling agent or blends thereof; and (c) an oil or hydrophobic organic component and blends thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition further comprises water. In another embodiment of the present invention, the amount of the compound of structural formula (I) is about 0. I wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. %
of the formulation, and the amount of water is about 20 to 99.7 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 35 wt. % to about 99.7 wt. % . In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the oil or hydrophobic organic component is selected from the group consisting of:
fatty acids;
fatty amides; fatty alcohols; fatty oils; fatty esters made from a Cg-CZZ
fatty acid and a CI-Cg alcohol; dialkyl esters; mineral oil; mineral seal. oils; silicone oils;
petrolatums;
monoglycerides; diglycerides; triglycerides; aliphatic, paraffinic, and naphthalinic hydrocarbons; oils and spirits; and mixtures thereof. In other embodiments of the present invention, the composition comprises a mixture of two or more different compounds of structural formula (1) or a mixture of two or more different solvents or coupling agents. In another embodiment of the present invention, the iodine value of the fatty acid used to make the compound of structural formula (1) ranges from about 30 to about 140, preferably from about 80 to about 120, most preferably, from about 90 to about 110.
In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition is emulsified into a microemulsion. In another embodiment of the present invention, the composition is clear.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , and most preferably about 15 wt. % to about 25 wt. % ; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 2 wt. % to about 15 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 3 wt. % about 10 wt. %, and most preferably about 6 wt. % to about 10 wt. %; the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 5 wt. % to 50 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , and most preferably about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. % ; and the amount of water is about 10 to 70 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 20 wt. % to about 60 wt. %, and most preferably about 30 wt.
% to about 50 wt. % .
In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition is used as a personal care formulation, wherein the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0. I
wt. % to about 25 wt. % , and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 5 wt. % ; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt. % about 25 wt. %, and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. %;
the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 25 wt. % , and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; and the amount of water is about 20 to 99.7 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about wt. % to about 99.7 wt. % , and most preferably about 65 wt. % to about 99.7 wt. % .
In another embodiment of the present invention, the composition is a pesticide emulsion agent formulation further comprising water. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the composition is a pesticide formulation comprising the pesticide 35 emulsion agent formulation and an effective amount of pesticide. In another embodiment of the present invention, the pesticide formulation comprises an amount of compound of structural formula ( 1 ) ranging from about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % , preferably from 10 wt. % to about 40 wt. % , of the pesticide formulation.
Other aspects of the instant invention include using the compounds of structural formula (1) either alone or in formulations, as a fabric softener (either alone or in a combination detergent/fabric softener), as a car spray microemulsion, as a paper debonder, as a hair or skin conditioner, as a corrosion inhibitor, as an asphalt emulsifier, as an organoclay ingredient, or as an agricultural product emulsifier. The polyethoxylated compounds of structural formula (1) may also find uses as textile treatments, particularly when used in conjunction with a resin bath. Other aspects of the present invention include such methods and processes using the compounds of structural formula (1) either alone or in formulations.
It can be seen from the above, that ranges in amounts given for each ingredient or component of a composition or formulation set forth herein in certain circumstances may be theoretically capable of adding up to a sum of greater than 100% . As would be appreciated by those of skill in the art, it is understood that such impossible formulations (that is, those formulations whose component amounts add to a sum greater than 100%) are excluded from the claims and disclosure. For example, a formulation having components A and B, where the amount of A is said to range from 25 % to 75 %
and the amount of B is said to range from 25 % to 55 % , if containing 65 % of A, is understood to have 35 % or less of B in that formulation, so that the sum of A and B does not exceed 100 % .
Thus, all formulations or compositions presented herein whose component amounts add to a sum less than or equal to 100% are understood as being part of the claims and disclosure.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to novel polyester amine compounds and polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions and formulations containing such novel compounds, and uses thereof.
A. PREFERRED COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
As will be appreciated, a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises mixtures of compounds corresponding to structural formula (1), such that degrees of quaternization or protonation (including unquaternized, unprotonated compounds), degrees of esterification, and chain lengths and molecular weights of different molecules within the mixture will differ such that the respective properties can be represented as an average over all the molecules present in the mixture. In such mixtures, then, properties such as the degree of quaternization can be expressed as average values which may lie between integer whole numbers.
Referring to structural formula ( 1 ), the groups depicted as Q' , QZ and Q3 represent substituents which, when present, protonate (if they are -H) or quaternize (if they are any other group) the respective nitrogen atoms to which they are bonded.
While the structure of structural formula ( 1 ) embraces compounds ranging from compounds wherein no nitrogen atom is quaternized or protonated with a corresponding Q substituent, through compounds wherein every nitrogen atom is quaternized or protonated with a Q
substituent, one preferred embodiment is compounds wherein the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) should be partially quaternized. The term "partially" is meant to convey that at least one nitrogen atom on the molecule as depicted in structural formula ( 1 ) does not have a Q
substituent attached to it. In particular, in mixtures of compounds which are diamines (that is, in structural formula (1), the subscript r is zero), there is on average in the mixture preferably 1-2, and more preferably I.5-2, quaternizing groups Q per molecule.
Another preferred embodiment is compounds, and mixtures thereof, in which there are either no Q substituents or the only Q substituents present are -H.
Such Q
substituents can be present in a degree such that all nitrogen atoms are protonated, or fewer than all nitrogen atoms are protonated ("full" and "partial" protonation, respectively).
Although many of the teachings and disclosure below uses the terms "quats", "ester quats", "polyester quats", and similar language with respect to applications and formulations including compounds of structural formula (1), such disclosures should be understood to apply equally to the non-quaternized compounds according to structural formula (1), unless specifically and unambiguously excluded.
The compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) may also have any of a range of degrees of esterification, depending on the application. As shown in structural formula (1), the degree of esterification can range from 1 to 4 for diamines, arid up to 5 or 6 for- triamines or tetramines, respectively. The preferred degree of esterification, that is, the total number of RA groups present, preferably ranges from about 2 to about 4. This is true especially for diamines, wherein a preferred degree of esterification is from 1 to about 3 for clear, translucent formulations and about 2 to 3.5 for easily dispersible formulations, and the more preferred degree of esterification is about 2.0 to about 2.5; for triamines and tetramines the preferred degree of esterification should be adjusted accordingly; that is, approximately one additional ester group per additional amine group. In emulsifier applications, the compound of structural formula (1) is prepared having only about 1 to about 2 ester groups per molecule to ensure that the molecule as a whole is less hydrophobic than those that would typically be employed in other applications. Any desired degree of esterification can be attained by reaction between the polyhydroxy-substituted precursor. and a stoichiometrically appropriate amount of the corresponding carboxylic acid(s). For instance, even a noninteger target degree of esterification such as 2.5 can be attained by reaction to form a mixture containing S equal amounts of triester and diester.
The respective RAC(O)- acyl groups can all have the same chain lengths.
More preferably they have several chain lengths and degrees of carbon-carbon unsaturation, reflecting the fact that the fatty acyl groups can be derived from naturally occurring sources which contain mixtures of fatty acids with differing chain lengths and differing degrees of carbon-carbon unsaturation. Examples of such sources include fatty acids derived from the following sources: tallow, fish oils, canola (including fatty acids derived from partially hydrogenated canola), jojoba, palm, coconut, avocado, wheat germ, rapeseed, olive, orange, corn, linseed, neem, peanut, safflower, sesame seed, soybean, sunflower seed, and cocoa butter. Preferred materials are tallow, canola, and palm. If a clear formulation is desired, the use of an unsaturated fatty acid is preferred to make the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) or at least a portion of the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) used in the formulation.
The degree of unsaturation of a compound is typically expressed as the iodine value (LV.).
If a clear formulation is desired, the I. V . of the fatty acid used to make the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) ranges from about 30 to about 140, more preferably the I. V . ranges from about 80 to about 120, most preferably the LV. ranges from about 90 to about 110.
Such clear formulations have an additional advantage: they generally exhibit excellent freeze/thaw recovery.
Referring to structural formula (I), the molecules shown can be diamines, triamines, or tetramines. For many purposes, the diamines are preferred. The R* bridge linking the two nitrogen atoms of the diamine can contain 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and preferably contains 3 to 12 carbon atoms, most preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. One particularly preferred R* group is an alkylene containing 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as linear hexamethylene. Other useful groups can contain up to 10 carbon atoms between the nitrogen atoms, or anywhere from 3 to 10 carbon atoms presenting straight or branched alkylene structures. The various moieties depicted at structural formula (I) as A~-S
can each, independently, be ethyl, propyl (straight or branched) or butyl (straight or branched).
Preferably, each of the A1-5 groups present is the same, for ease of synthesis. It is also preferred that each of A1-5 is ethyl or propyl (especially isopropyl). Further preferred embodiments of compounds of structural formula (1) are described herein with respect to the various formulation capabilities of the products of this invention. The compounds of structural formula (1), when quaternized and/or protonated to any degree, include an anion A- which is present in a number of moles equal to the total positive charge of the nitrogen-containing canon. The anion A- can represent any anion which is not deleterious to the properties of the overall compound. Non-limiting examples of A- include fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide, chlorite, chlorate, hydroxide, hypophosphite, phosphite, phosphate, carbonate, formate, acetate, lactate, and other carboxylates, oxalate, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, benzoate, and salicylate, and the like. Preferred examples are chloride, bromide, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, and salicylate. If the anion is monovalent (has a charge of -I), A- represents the anion group, if the anion is divalent (has a charge of -2), A- represents half of the anion group, if the anion is trivalent (has a charge of -3), A-represents a third of the anion group, and so on. As will be appreciated given these definitions, m will always equal n in structural formula (1). The compounds of structural formula (I) include structures that incorporate a piperazine ring. For example, if R* is a -CHZCHz- group, Q' and Q3 together or Q' and QZ together may be a -CHzCH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
or, if R** is a -CHZCHZ- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CHZCHZ- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring.
As used in this application, the term "monoalkoxylated compound" or similar term means a compound of structural formula (1) wherein none of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than i . Thus, a monoalkoxylated compound does not contain any polymeric chains of alkoxy groups (that is, two or more alkoxy groups attached together) attached directly to a nitrogen atom of a compound of structural formula (1). In contrast, the term "polyalkoxylated compound" or similar term means a compound of structural formula (1) wherein any of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1. Thus, a polyalkoxylated compound contains at least one polymeric chain of alkoxy groups (that is, two or more alkoxy groups attached together) attached directly to a nitrogen atom of a compound of structural formula (1).
The instant invention involves compounds of structural formula (1) and formulations thereof, and uses thereof. In certain parts of this application, however, distinctions will be made between monoalkoxylated compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) and polyalkoxylated compounds of structural formula (1) and such distinctions will be explicitly made. If no such distinction is made, it is be understood that the statement applies both the monoalkoxylated compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) and the polyalkoxylated compounds of structural formula (1). Thus, the term "alkoxylated compounds" includes both monoethoxylated compounds and polyethoxylated compounds as defined above.
Similarly, the term "ethoxylated compounds" includes both monoethoxylated compounds and polyethoxylated compounds.
WO 00/21918 PCT/US98/21b83 The compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) can be used alone or in mixtures, used in combination with other compounds or additives, or used as a formulation with other compounds or additives, depending on the intended use and the advantages and disadvantages attendant with each alternative application method. Some examples of compounds or additives that may be used in conjunction with compounds of structural formula (1) or made into formulations with compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) . include surfactants or detergents, especially quaternary ammonium compounds, perfumes, preservatives, insect and moth repelling agents, polymeric soil release agents, antistatic agents, dyes and colorants, viscosity control agents, antioxidants, silicones, mineral oils and petrolatums, synthetic lubricants, defoaming agents, antifoaming agents, emulsifiers, brighteners, opacifiers, freeze-thaw control agents, shrinkage control agents, and mixtures thereof. Many examples of these additives are set forth in detail and are intended to demonstrate the scope of the invention.
Other compounds or additives familiar to those of skill in the art and appropriate to a particular use, however, may also be used with or formulated with the compounds of structural formula ( 1 ).
The compounds of structural formula (1) (either alone or in combination with other compounds) have many potential applications. For example, the compounds of structural formula (1) may be used as detailed herein, without limitation, as a fabric softener (either alone or in a combination detergent/fabric softener), as a car spray microemulsion, as a paper debonder, as a hair or skin conditioner, as a corrosion inhibitor, as an asphalt emulsifier, as an organoclay ingredient, or as an agricultural product emulsifier. The polyethoxylated compounds may also fmd uses as textile treatments, particularly when used in conjunction with a resin bath.
B. APPLICATIONS
The present disclosure shows that the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used for many purposes and suitable additives may be incorporated therein based on the ultimate application. Such ingredients, for example, may contribute significantly to the ease of formulation, stability, dispersibility, fluidity, and the performance properties of the compositions.
In one aspect, the present invention provides compounds and formulations that have the ability to impart to fabric (that is, articles of clothing, textiles, and so forth), properties including softness to the touch, ease of handling, increased lubricity, and a reduced tendency to carry or pick up static electricity. One form in the compounds and formulations of the present invention are provided is as a liquid, for instance, as an emulsion or as a solution/suspension of the desired components. During use, an appropriate controlled amount of the liquid formulation is employed, for example, by pouring the formulation directly into the washing machine. Typically, the formulation is dispensed during the rinse cycle of the washing machine, either poured in by hand or metered in by an appropriate automatic metering device with which the washing machine is equipped. In addition, the S present invention also provides compounds and formulations that may find use as textile treatments to add lubricity and finishing to the fabric prior to shipping the textile to market, particularly when used in conjunction with a resin bath. In such an application, the textile mill would typically apply the formulation in dilute emulsions and rapidly dry the excess water from the fabric to lubricate the fibers and give it a surface finish.
Moreover, the present invention provides compounds and formulations that have the ability to impart to paper and paper products softness, lubricity, and antistatic properties, and improve ease of handling of the substrate and surface appearance; in the papermaking process, such compounds of the present invention are termed debonders. Debonders are usually added to the paper fibers in the head tank or headbox of a papermaking machine where the paper fibers are pulped as an aqueous slurry just prior to feeding the resulting slurry onto the papermaking or dewatering screen. These debonders condition the fibers to give improved softness feeling to the paper fibers that is valuable for their use in tissue and towelmaking.
The compositions and formulations of the present invention can also be incorporated into the paper or tissue by any suitable means such as spraying or printing onto the surface of the paper or tissue.
The present invention also provides compounds and formulations that are useful in personal care products such as hair or skin conditioners. In this application, the present invention provides formulations that impart softness, lubricity, and improve the surface appearance of the skin or hair. The hair conditioners additionally reduce the tendency for tangling, improve the manageability, and impart a soft feel to the hair strands.
Such hair conditioners are applied as dilute emulsions to the hair following its wash or may be incorporated into a combined conditioner and shampoo composition, also known as a conditioning shampoo, two-in-one shampoo, or two-in-one. Such hair and skin conditioning formulations typicaily incorporate effective amounts, for example, 0.1 wt. %
to 10 wt. % or more, of emollients, humectants, and/or slip and conditioning agents, such as organopolysiloxanes and the like, to create formulations that are monophasic and can be made to be translucent or even clear. Compounds suitable for use as emollients, humectants and conditioners in formulations for skin care or hair care can be found in the CTFA
Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary, 3d Edition, and the CTFA Cosmetic Ingredient Handbook.
~z The compositions of the present invention are particularly useful in applications that take advantage of their ability to disperse hydrophobic material, to stabilize foam, and to enhance the penetration and wetting exhibited by the compositions. Examples of such compositions and applications are set forth below, each revealing an additional aspect of the present invention. For example, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as oil dispersants and oil slick dispersant formulations for application onto oil, for example, onto a film of oil, to disperse the oil. The compounds and formulations of the present invention may also be used as oil well stimulation and oil recovery aids for injection into oil wells in order to penetrate into the surface of the borehole and assist liberation of crude oil from the matrix material into the borehole, from which it can be brought to the surface. In addition, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as vehicles for hydrophobic sheeting agents such as mineral oil and silicone oil. Such oils can readily be dispersed in compositions, according to the present invention, and the resulting formulations are highly satisfactory when sprayed or otherwise applied to a surface, such as a freshly washed automobile surface, to impart a lustrous, water-repellent film to the surface. The compounds and formulations of the present invention may also be used as rinse aids, such as used in automatic dishwashers, wherein application of the composition of the present invention disperses residual hydrophobic matter, including cleaner residues and films. Furthermore, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as paper deinking and ink flotation agents for treating waste inked paper by addition to the pulp slurry such that the ink is liberated from the paper and prevented from redepositing onto the paper. In this application, the ink is typically dispersed or even fully solubilized in the resulting solution when the ink particles are floated from the fibers. The compounds and formulations of the present invention may also be used as asphalt emulsion agents for emulsifying finely divided asphalt (at loadings of typically 1-20 wt. % ), with or without particulate filler such as sand, in an aqueous phase which comprises the composition according to the present invention. Moreover, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as corrosion inhibitor agents for application to any surface to which one desires to apply a film that protects against corrosion.
The composition would typically contain an effective amount of a hydrophobic corrosion inhibiting material, such as liquid or waxy-solid fatty ester, paraffinic hydrocarbon, silicone, or the like, dispersed in a composition according to the present invention. In addition, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used with ore flotation agents for separating ore from rock. Such floatation agents might include, for example, the agent available from Witco Corporation under the tradename WITCAMINE~ AIA2-12. Typically, the ore ~3 floatation agent (a collector or frother, depending on the characteristics of the particular separation desired in the flotation cell) or mixture thereof, which is a relatively hydrophobic material, is dispersed in a composition according to the invention and an effective amount is added (on a batch or continuous basis) to the ore separation cell. This permits the formulator to improve the dispersibility of the hydrophobic ore floatation agent, which often improves the performance of the mineral separation by improving the efficiency of the floatation agent's dispersibility. This can enable the operator to use smaller amounts of the ore floatation agent to achieve the desired purpose because there is a higher concentration of active ingredients available. In addition, the compounds and formulations of the present invention may be used as suspension concentrates and emulsifiable concentrates of herbicides, pesticides, miticides, fungicides, or bactericides, wherein one or more liquid or solid, generally hydrophobic, active ingredients are dispersed in a composition according to the present invention. The resulting concentrate can be applied as a concentrate on or around desired vegetation, but is more often mixed with water (for example, at the point of use) to form a final dilute formulation having the desired concentration of active ingredient(s). This application takes advantage of the noteworthy property of this invention that addition of the water does not disrupt the monophasic state, nor the fluidity, of the formulation.
As noted above, the compositions and formulations of the present invention can also optionally contain other components, depending on the additional properties one may wish to provide in the finished composition. Such additional components include, but are not limited to, additional coupling agents and solvents, additional quaternary ammonium compounds, additional surfactants, hydrocarbon actives, perfumes, preservatives including bacteriocides and fungicides, insect and moth repelling agents, polymeric soil release agents, antistatic agents, dyes and colorants, especially bluing agents, viscosity control agents, antioxidants, silicones, defoaming agents, antifoaming agents, emulsifiers, brighteners, opacifiers, freeze-thaw control agents, shrinkage control agents, aloe, humectants, skin protectants, feel modifiers, and mixtures thereof.
C. SYNTHESIS
Compounds of structural formula (1) can easily be synthesized from readily available starting materials using reaction procedures and conditions quite familiar to those of ordinary skill in this art. The preferred procedure begins with a diamine, triamine or tetramine of structural formula HZN-R*-(NH-R**)~ NHS. Preferred compounds having the required structural formula include hexamethylenediamine (HMDA), bis(hexamethylene)triamine (BHMT), 1,2-diaminocyclohexane; 1,3-pentanediamine, and 2 methylpentamethylenediamine (MPMD). This polyamine compound is next alkoxylated using an alkoxylating agent. The alkoxylating agents may be ethylene oxide (EO), propylene oxide (PO), isopropylene oxide (iP0), or butylene oxide (BO), or (less preferred) a mixture thereof, depending on the desired choice of alkyl groups to become attached to the respective nitrogen atoms. The number of moles of alkylene oxide reactant and the reaction conditions are established such that the terminal primary amine hydrogen atoms are disubstituted with hydroxyalkyl, and each of the secondary amines, if any, is monosubstituted with hydroxyalkyl. It should be noted that polyethoxylated polyamine products typically are quite dark (4-8 Gardner units) after only 8 to 12 moles of EO are added. If colorless polyalkoxylated products are desired, it is often necessary to react the polyamine with a sufficient amount of PO, iPO, or BO or a mixture thereof to convert the amine groups into tertiary amine groups before addition of EO, usually with the addition of sodium borohydride and an alkaline catalyst. Although such product is not a pure ethoxylated amine, it is desirably colorless.
Next, the alkoxylated product is esterified by reaction of fatty acids with the respective hydroxyl groups resulting from the alkoxylation. As indicated above, the molecule may be completely esterified, but it is preferred for formulation reasons to achieve only partial esterification. There should, however, be at least one ester group per molecule of structural formula (1). The esterification is carried out with carboxylic acids of structural formula RAC(O)OH, wherein RA is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 9 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds. While the esterification can be carried out with an appropriate quantity of one such carboxylic acid, it is preferred for reasons of economy, product performance, and convenience to employ mixtures of carboxylic acids each corresponding to structural formula RAC(O)OH. For instance, mixtures of such fatty acids from various animal and vegetable origins are conveniently commercially available.
One example of such material is tallow fatty acids which, as is generally known in this field, is a mixture of fatty acids predominantly composed of fatty acids containing 14, 16, and 18 carbon atoms, and 0, 1, and 2 degrees of unsaturation. Other preferred sources include coconut fatty acids and canola fatty acids, although any suitable fatty acid may be used.
Esterification is carried out under conventional conditions, well-known to the chemist in this field, allowing for the withdrawal of byproduct water. The number of moles of fatty acid is selected to provide the desired average degree of esterification in the mixture of products formed upon esterification.
Next, if desired, the esterified product or mixture of esterified products is quaternized and/or protonated. As recognized hereinabove, the esterified product can be completely quaternized, but it is preferred to carry out partial quaternization only, if any.
,s Quaternization is carried out under conditions well known in this field for quaternization of amines, by reaction of the esterified amine with a . suitable quaternizing agent. The quaternizing agents have the formulas Q1A and QUA, which can of course be the same and preferably are the same. With triamines and tetramines a second (or third) quaternizing agent Q3A can be used; it is likewise preferably the same as Q1A and QzA.
Preferably, only one particular quaternizing agent is employed, in which case all of the quaternizing substituents Q will be the same. Preferred quaternizing agents include methyl chloride, dimethyl sulfate (DMS), and diethyl sulfate (DES).
Protonation, if desired, can be carried out by reacting the esterified product or mixture of products with an acid of the formula HA, such as hydrochloric acid, or other strong acids, such as sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid. Each of the foregoing reactions can be carried out in solvent or in solvent-free conditions, in each case employing conditions well established for the respective reactions in this field.
Preferred diamine compounds of the present invention include hexamethylenediamine (HMDA) alkoxylated ester diamines or quats, most preferably HMDA
alkoxylated ester quats, which are made according to the above method.
Accordingly, HMDA may be reacted with 4 moles of alkoxylating agent per mole of HMDA. If a polyalkoxylated HMDA ester compound is desired, more than 4 moles of alkoxylating agent would be used, for example, 4.1 to 32 moles of ethylene oxide. The resulting HMDA
alkoxylate is then esterified by reaction with 1 to 4 moles of fatty acid, for example, tallow fatty acid. The resulting HMDA alkoxylated ester may then be quaternized with up to 2 moles of dimethyl sulfate (DMS) per mole of HMDA. Example 1 below details the synthesis of a particular HMDA monoalkoxylated ester quat. Preferred triamine compounds of the present invention include bis(hexamethylene)triamine (BHMT) alkoxylated ester quats, most preferably BHMT ethoxylated ester quats, which are made according to the above method.
Accordingly, BHMT may be reacted with 5 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of BHMT. If a polyalkoxylated BHMT ester compound is desired, more than 5 moles of alkoxylating agent would be used, for example, 5.1 to 40 moles of ethylene oxide. The resulting BHMT
alkoxylate is then esterified by reaction with 5 moles of fatty acid, for example, canola fatty acid. The resulting BHMT aikoxylated ester may then be quaternized with up to 3 moles of dimethyl sulfate (DMS) per mole of BHMT.
D. FORMULATIONS AND PROPERTIES
The products as described herein exhibit a number of desirable properties making them particularly suitable for formulation into commercial products such as fabric softeners and other commercial products, as mentioned above.
/~a Most notably, the compounds of structural formula (1) can readily be formulated into useful compositions such as aqueous compositions, which achieve the desired functionality and which are clear, that is, transparent or translucent. This property can be realized at a variety of concentrations of active ingredient, with or even without special solvents or coupling agents. In addition, microemulsion formulations can be made that improve the ease of application and effectiveness of the resulting formulation.
Emulsion or microemulsion formulations according to the present invention have many applications, for example, as car "cheater" wax spray technology to improve beading and act as a drying aid, as fabric softeners, and as personal care products, for example, as a moisturizer/conditioner if the compound of structural formula (1) is not skin irritating. In addition, such emulsions or microemulsions may fmd uses in paper debonding/finishing, as emulsifiers for silicone oils and pesticides, and as emulsifiers/softeners for textile finishing. Generally such formulations include three components: (a) compound of structural formula ( 1 ), (b) a solvatrope or coupling agent and 1S blends thereof, and (c) an oil or hydrophobic organic component and blends thereof, which are blended in water. These microemulsion formulations give stable, clear (translucent) products that do not go through thick or viscous gel phases but disperse readily and quickly into very fme particle size microemulsions when diluted or dispersed in water.
These microemulsions have many additional advantages over conventional microemulsions, such as the products sold by Witco Corporation under the tradename CARSPRAYTM: reduced particle size, improved beading and sheeting over, and improved biodegradability, especially when used with methyl ester oils.
If the resulting formulation is intended to be used as a personal care formulation, the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 0.1 wt.% to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 25 wt.
%, and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 5 wt. % ; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt.
% about 25 wt. % , and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. % ; the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 25 wt. %, and most preferably about 0.1 wt. % to about 5 wt. % ; and the amount of water is about 20 to 99.7 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 35 wt.
to about 99.7 wt. % , and most preferably about 65 wt. % to about 99.7 wt. % .
A further example of personal care microemulsions according to the invention is provided below as Example 29. If the resulting formulation is intended to be used in a car drying aid formulation or other application, the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 10 wt. %
to about 30 wt. % , and most preferably about 15 wt. % to about 25 wt. % ; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 2 wt. % to about 15 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 3 wt.
about 10 wt. % , and most preferably about 6 wt. % to about 10 wt. % ; the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 5 wt. % to 50 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , and most preferably about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. % ; and the amount of water is about 10 to 70 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 20 wt. % to about 60 wt. % , and most preferably about 30 wt. % to about 50 wt. % .
Other properties are realized as well. For instance, as noted above, the products are biodegradable. Surprisingly, the embodiments which have no Q
substituents, or wherein the only Q substituents are -H, exhibit particularly high biodegradability. Also, the compounds of structural formula (1) exhibit advantageous stability, solubility, and freedom from excessively objectionable color and odor. The color and odor stability is exhibited in formulations wherein the compound or compounds of structural formula (1) are the only nitrogenous compounds present. Color and order stability is also exhibited in formulations wherein one or more compounds of structural fornmla ( 1 ) is present with one or more additional conventional quaternary ammonium compounds. Thus, the compounds of the present invention improve the color and odor stability of the other conventional quaternary ammonium compounds present. The color stability property is shown in the following data, in which color stability was assessed by heating samples of each product shown in Table I to 110°C in open tubes in an air circulation oven, periodically measuring the color in Gardner units and calculating the color change over time:
TABLE
I
ProductColor Rate of color (Gardner change (Gardner units) units)/day start 1 day 2 days 6 daysAt 2 days At 6 days 1 2.5 4.5 6.0 14.5 1.75 2.0 2 1 4.5 6.5 16 2.75 2.5 3 1 1.5 4 8.5 1.5 1.3 4 4 -- - 11.5* - 1.9*
5 2.5 5.5 6.5 12.5 2.0 1.7 6 3 4.5 5.5 5.5 1.25 0.4 7 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0.5 O.I7 8 1 1 2 3.5 0.5 0.4 9 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 0 0 /g 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 0 0 11 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 0 0.17 12 2.5 5.5 7.5 11.5 2.5 1.5 13 1 - - 3.5* - 0.62*
14 1.5 - - 5.5* - 1.0*
* denotes 4 day readings and averages Key to product numbers:
1: Soft tallow-derived, triethanolamine-ester quaternary 2: Soft tallow-derived, methyl diethanolamine-ester quaternary 3: Canola-derived, triethanolamine-ester quaternary 4: Soft tallow-derived, diamidoamine quaternary 5: HMDA
+ 4 moles ethylene oxide + 2.5 moles soft tallow fatty acids + 1 mole DMS
6: Same as 5 except 2 moles DMS
used 7: Same as 6 except 2 moles of canola fatty acid used 8: BHMT
+ 5 moles ethylene oxide + 4 moles soft tallow fatty acid + 3 moles DMS
9: Same as 8 except 1 mole soft tallow fatty acid used 10:
Same as 8 except 2 moles soft tallow fatty acid used 11:
Same as 8 except 3 moles canola fatty acid used 12:
Same as 8 except 2 moles soft tallow fatty acid used and product not quaternized 13:
(wt.
%) mixture of 1 and 14:
(wt.
% ) mixture of 1 and BHMT
+ 5 moles ethylene oxide + 3.5 moles soft tallow fatty acid + 3 moles DMS
Although the compounds of structural formula (1) have many potential uses, in particular, they exhibit highly satisfactory fabric softening capabilities.
Thus, the compounds of structural formula (1), as well as mixtures of such compounds, can be 5 advantageously formulated appropriately into products useable as fabric softeners. It has been found that, regardless of the other components that may be present in the fabric softener formulation, the pH of the formulation as a whole should be below 5, and preferably 2.5 to 4.0, in order to maintain low susceptibility of the ester functionality to hydrolysis in water.
The preferred method for providing or adjusting the desired pH value is adding small 10 amounts of an acid, such as HCl or H2S04, consistent with appropriate adjustment of the average degree of esterification and average degree of quaternization mixture of compounds corresponding to structural formula (1). Preferred emulsions useful as fabric softener compositions can contain about 2 wt. % to about 80 wt. % , preferably 5 wt. %
to 30 wt. % , and more preferably 6 wt. ~ to 25 wt. %, of one or more compounds corresponding to structural formula (1). In general, higher solids contents can be provided more easily with lower degrees of quaternization. On the other hand, higher degrees of quaternization (such as a degree of quaternization approaching 2.0 for a diamine), lead to aqueous formulations wherein the maximum acceptable solids content without excessive solubility problems is lower.
~9 The compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) can be formulated into compositions, including clear fabric softener compositions. Such fabric softening composition would typically include water and one or more of the solvents which are conventionally used in formulating fabric softeners. Examples of such solvents include ethanol, isopropanol, hexylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, or similar solvent of mixture thereof, as a concentrate or more dilute form, depending on the application.
Selection of a suitable solvent for a particular application is well-known to those of skill in the art. Such formulations generally comprise about 10 wt. % up to about 50 wt. % of one compound of structural formula (1) or a mixture thereof.
The compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) can be formulated with greater ease than is encountered with conventional quaternary ammonium fabric softener actives. Most conventional quaternary ammonium compounds exhibit a tendency to form a gel during dilution with water when formulated in clear formulations. When formulated in clear formulations, however, the compounds of structural formula (1) show very little gelation, or no gelation at all, during dilution with water, even cold water, which would be expected to provoke gelation. This freedom from a tendency to gel means that compositions including compounds of structural formula (1) can be prepared at active concentrations of 40 wt.% or higher, for example, even 50 wt. % or higher. The preparation itself of such formulations is much simpler: the freedom from gelation means that when a formulator chooses to manufacture a more concentrated product for resale to the consumer, there is no need for special treatment to deal with gel formation. Also, the freedom from gel formation means that the consumer can use the more concentrated product directly without concern that a gelled byproduct would form. For example, the consumer could add a concentrated fabric softener composition according to the present invention directly into the wash water in the wash or rinse cycle, without any apprehension that a gel will form that that would reduce softening efficiency or leave a deposit on the clothes.
It should be noted that the ability of the compounds of structural formula (1) to form a clear formulation, at lower and at higher concentrations, extends also to formulations which also contain one or more other quaternary ammonium compounds as fabric softener co-actives, as well as other additives as disclosed herein.
E. ADDITIONAL QUATERNARY AMMONIUM COMPOUNDS
Additional conventional quaternary ammonium compounds or salts may be present with the compound or compounds of structural formula (1) in accordance with the present invention. The compounds presented below are only examples of conventional quaternary compounds that are suitable for use in the formulations of the present invention.
,Z 0 As with the compounds of structural formula (1), these conventional quaternary ammonium compounds (quits or salts) may have an anion to provide electrical neutrality and, in general, such anion may be any anion which is not deleterious to the properties of the overall compound. Thus, in the structural formulas (i) to (xxii) below, the counteranion, whether designated as A- or not shown but understood, may be selected, without limitation, from the group consisting of fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide, chlorite, chlorate, hydroxide, hypophosphite, phosphate, phosphate, carbonate, formate, acetate, lactate, and other carboxylates, oxalate, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, benzoate, and salicylate, and the like.
Preferred examples of the anions are chloride, bromide, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, and salicylate. If the anion is monovalent (has a charge of -1), A- represents the anion group, if the anion is divalent (has a charge of -2), A- represents half of the anion group, if the anion is trivalent (has a charge of -3), A- represents a third of the anion group, and so on.
The conventional quits that may be formulated with the compounds of structural formula (1) in accordance with the present invention include, but are not limited to, nitrogenous compounds selected from the group consisting of quaternized or acid salt derivatives of:
(i) alkylenediamines, including compounds of the formula:
R~ N~, ,N R~
~J _ R3 ,~
wherein each Rt is an acyclic alkyl or alkylene C,,-Cz, hydrocarbon group, each Z is -(R20)o_4H, or -RZH, and RZ and R3 are divalent C~-C6 alkylene groups;
(ii) substituted imidazoline compounds having the formula:
/N
R~ --~
HO''R2 (iii) reaction products of higher fatty acids with alkylenetriamines in, for example, a molecular ratio of about 2:1, the reaction products containing compounds of the formula:
hi H H
O~N. ,N. ~N~O
R2 R '~3 R~ R~
wherein R~, Rz and R3 are defined as above; and (iv) substituted imidazoline compounds having the formula:
,N
R2 ~\/
R N
G~ R2 O
wherein G is -O- or -NH- and R~ and Rz are defined as above; and mixtures thereof.
Preferred examples of compounds of structural formula (i) are those derived from hydrogenated tallow fatty acids and the hydroxyalkylalkylenediamine is N
hydroxyethylethylenediamine, such that Ri is an aliphatic C,s-Cz, hydrocarbon group, and Rz and R3 are divalent ethylene groups. A preferred example of a compound of structural formula (iii) is stearic hydroxyethyl imidazoline, wherein R1 is an aliphatic Czl hydrocarbon group and Rz is a divalent ethylene group. A preferred example of compounds of structural formula (iii) is N,N"-ditallowalkanoyldiethylenetriamine where R1 is an aliphatic Cls-Czi hydrocarbon group and Rz and R3 are divalent ethylene groups. A preferred example of compounds of structural formula (iv) is 1-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazoline wherein R1 is an aliphatic Cls-Cz~ hydrocarbon group and Rz is a divalent ethylene group.
Both N,N"-ditallowalkanoyldiethylenetriamine and 1-tallowethylamido-2-tallowimidazoline are reaction products of tallow fatty acids and diethylenetriamine, and are precursors of the cationic fabric softening agent methyl-I-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazolinium methylsulfate.
N,N"-ditallowalkanoyldiethylenetriamine and 1-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazoline can be obtained from Witco Corporation. Methyl-1-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazolinium methylsulfate is available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARISOFTO 475.
Other suitable quats are those containing one long chain acyclic aliphatic Cg-Czz hydrocarbon group, selected from the group consisting of:
(v) acyclic quaternary ammonium salts having the formula:
AO
Ra- NO Rs wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic Cs-Czz hydrocarbon group, alkyl, benzyl or (C,~-C1$ alkyl)-(OCHZCHz)z-3-, Rs and R6 are C,-C4 saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl groups, and A- is an anion as defined above;
(vi) substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula:
az N
R~ ~ ~ AO
ON
H -'~
R~
wherein R~ is an acyclic alkyl or alkylene C~2-C2, hydrocarbon group, R7 is hydrogen or a C1-C4 saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, and A- is an anion as defined above;
5 (vii) substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula:
N
R //
SON
wherein Rl, R,, R5, and A- are as defined above;
(viii) alkylpyridinium salts having the formula:
AO
O
R4 N \
10 wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic Cg-C22 hydrocarbon group and A- is an anion as defined above; and (ix) alkanamide alkylene pyridinium salts having the formula:
AO
O
O R2-N \
R~ H
wherein R1 is an acyclic aliphatic C,z-C21 hydrocarbon group, Rz is a divalent C~-C6 aikylene group, and A- is an anion as defined above; and mixtures thereof.
Examples of compounds of structural formula (v) are the monoalkyltrimethylammonium salts such as monotallowtrimethylammonium chloride, mono(hydrogenated tallow)-trimethylanunonium chloride, palmityltrimethylammonium chloride and soyatrimethylammonium chloride, available from Witco Corporation under the 20 tradenames ADOGEN~ 471, ADOGEN~ 441, ADOGEN~ 444, and ADOGEN~ 415, respectively. In these compounds, R4 is an acyclic aliphatic C,6-C1g hydrocarbon group, and RS and R6 are methyl groups. Mono(hydrogenated tallow)trimethylammonium chloride and monotallowtrimethylammonium chloride are preferred. Other examples of compounds of ~3 structural formula (v) are behenyltrimethylammonium chloride wherein R4 is a Czz hydrocarbon group, which is available from the Humko Chemical Division of Witco Corporation under the tradename KEMAMINE~ Q2803-C; soyadimethylethylammonium ethylsulfate wherein R4 is a C16-C~$ hydrocarbon group, RS is a methyl group, R6 is an ethyl group, and A- is an ethylsulfate anion; and methyl bis(2-hydroxyethyl)octadecylammonium chloride wherein R4 is a C,8 hydrocarbon group, RS is a 2-hydroxyethyl group and R6 is a methyl group.
An example of a compound of structural formula (vii) is 1-ethyl-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-isoheptadecylimidazolinium ethylsulfate wherein R, is a C17 hydrocarbon group, Rz is an ethylene group, Rs is an ethyl group, and A- is an ethylsulfate anion. Other quats useful in the present invention include cationic nitrogenous salts having two or more long chain acyclic aliphatic C$-Czz hydrocarbon groups or one long chain acyclic aliphatic C$-Czz hydrocarbon group and an arylalkyl group. Examples include:
(x) acyclic quaternary ammonium salts having the formula;
AO
I
wherein each R4 is an acyclic aliphatic Cg-Czz hydrocarbon group, RS is a C1-saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, Rg is selected from the group consisting of R4 and RS
groups, and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xi) diamido quaternary ammonium salts having the formula:
ACO
O
R~ R2 ~~
~O -R~
wherein each R, is an acyclic alkyl or alkylene Clz-Czi hydrocarbon group, each Rz is a divalent alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R5 and R9 are CI-C4 saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl groups, and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xii) alkoxylated diamido quaternary ammonium salts having the formula:
AO
O
~Nv p+ ,~CH2CH20)nH
R~ R2 ~~
wherein n is equal to 1 to about 5, and R,, R~, R5, and A- are as defined above;
(xiii) quaternary ammonium compounds having the formula:
AO Ra~O. Rs Rs.
wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic C8-C~Z hydrocarbon carbon group, each RS is a C~-C4 saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xiv) amide-substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula:
N\
R~--i- \O A
R~ Rs R~ ~N~H
O
wherein each Rl is an acyclic aliphatic CIZ-C~, hydrocarbon group, Rz is a divalent alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and RS and A- are as defined above, or RS is -H;
and (xv) ester-substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula:
,N\
R~ --R2~~o A
R~ \ /O
~O
wherein Rl, R2, R5, and A- are as defined above; and mixtures thereof.
Examples of compounds of structural formula (x) are the well-known dialkyldimethylammonium salts such as ditallowdimethylammonium chloride, ditallowdimethylammonium methylsulfate, di(hydrogenated tallow)dimethylammonium chloride, distearyldimethylammonium chloride, dibehenyldimethylammonium chloride.
Di(hydrogenated tallow)dimethylamrnonium chloride and ditallowdimethylammonium chloride are preferred. Examples of commercially available dialkyldimethylammonium salts ZS
usable in the present invention are di(hydrogenated tallow)dimethylammonium chloride (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename ADOGEN~ 442);
ditallowdimethylammonium chloride (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename ADOGEN~ 470); distearyldimethylammonium chloride (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename AROSURF~ TA-100); dicocodimethyl ammonium chloride (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename ADOGEN~ 462), and dibehenyldimethylammonium chloride, wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic Cz2 hydrocarbon group (available from the Humko Chemical Division of Witco Corporation under the tradename KEMAMINE~ Q-2802C). Examples of compounds of structural formula (xi) are methylbis(tallowamidoethyl)(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium methylsulfate and methylbis(hydrogenated tallowamidoethyl)(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium methylsulfate, wherein R1 is an acyclic aliphatic C15-C17 hydrocarbon group, RZ is an ethylene group, RS is a methyl group, R9 is a hydroxyalkyl group and A- is a methylsulfate anion; both of these materials are available from Witco Corporation under the tradenames VARISOFT~ 222 and VARISOFT~ 110, respectively. An example of a compound of structural formula (xiii) is dimethylstearylbenzylamrnonium chloride, wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic C1g hydrocarbon group, RS is a methyl group and A- is chloride, which is available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARISOFT~ SDC. Examples of compounds of structural formula (xiv) are 1-methyl-1-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazolinium methylsulfate and 1-methyl-1-(hydrogenated tallowamidoethyl)-2-(hydrogenated tallow)imidazolinium methylsulfate wherein RI is an acyclic aliphatic C15-C17 hydrocarbon group, RZ is an ethylene group, RS is a methyl group and A- is a chloride anion; available from Witco Corporation under the tradenames VARISOFT~ 475 and VARISOFT~ 445, respectively.
Additional examples of quaternary ammonium compounds useful in the present invention include:
(xvi) compounds having the formula:
O
q oCH 3 R» - N
Ry0 O ZmRi2 wherein Rll is selected from the group consisting of: (a) -CH3, -CHzCH3, -CHZCH20H, or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon groups each of which contains from 12 through 24 carbon atoms, (b) ether groups each of which has the structure:
R~30(CH~O)y-, (c) amide groups each of which has the structure:
R, 4~r- r N
O (CH2)y and (d) ester groups each of which has the structure:
O
O (CH2)y R12 is a straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing from 8 to 32 carbon atoms, R13 is a straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing from 8 to 21 carbon atoms, R14 is a straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing from 7 to 17 carbon atoms, Z is an alkoxy group containing one oxygen atom and either two or three carbon atoms, A-~ is an anion as defined above, m is an integer from 1 through 12, and y is an integer which is either 2 or 3.
Yet additional examples of fabric softening compounds useful in the present invention include:
(xvii) compounds having the formula:
O
R1s RI.c~N~(CHz)~ N ~ ~R1~
(R1~)y H
wherein R~5 is hydrogen or C,-C4 alkyl, R, s R~6 N~(CHZ)n each Ri6 is C1-C4 alkyl or (R18)y , each R,7 is a C8-Cz8 alkyl or alkenyl group, R1$ is hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl, each y is 0 or I, x is 0 or 1, and each n is from 1 to 6;
(xviii) amides represented by the structural formula:
N
R19\
R2o R21 wherein R19 and RZO are selected independently from the group consisting of C,_22 alk(en)yl aryl or alkyl aryl groups, R21 is hydrogen or a C1_22 alk(en)yl, aryl or alkyl-aryl group or is O-RZZ, wherein RZZ is a Cl.z2 alk(en)yl, aryl or alkyl-aryl group, and R21 and R2~
optionally contain I to 10 alkylene oxide units or functional groups selected from hydroxy, amine, amide, ester, and ether groups; the aryl groups being possibly derived from heterocyclic compounds; at least one of the R19 and RZO groups contains 10 or more carbon atoms; and where the sum of carbon atoms in RI9+RZO+R21 is equal to or greater than 14.
Preferably, the sum of carbon atoms in R,9+R2o is equal to or greater than 16.
Examples of compounds of structural formula (xviii) include N,N ditallow acetamide, N,N
dicoconut acetamide, N,N dioctadecyl propanamide, N dodecyl-N octadecyl acetamide, N
hexadecyl-N
dodecyl butanamide, N,N ditallow benzamide, N,N dicoconut benzamide, and N,N
ditallow 2-phenyl acetamide.
Additional fabric softening compounds useful in the present invention include all ester quaternaries, including but not limited to:
(xix) compounds of the following structural formulas:
AO
R21 AOI k2 ~ N+ AI k? 1 R21 1-a and R21 O O-CH~CH2~ ~ Q21 AO
R21 ~~CH2 wherein each RZ, is independently a saturated or unsaturated alkyl or alkylene radical containing 12 to 22 carbon atoms; each Q2' is independently an alkyl group containing 1 to 4 carbon atoms, benzyl, -CHzCH20H, -CHZCH(OH)CH3, or R2~-C(O)-(O-(Alk2~)),-4-;
each Alkz~ is independently C2H4, C3H6 or C4Hg; and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xx) compounds of the formula:
A22 (cH ~-Xz2 +~;+;) N--~CH2~-N- f D ~i ~ nA0 CCH2~-X22 wherein each A22 is the same or different and each is alkyl containing up to 3 carbon atoms, benzyl, or H-(A1k22-O)i-3-Alk2'- wherein each Alk2'' represents -CHzCH(CH3)-, -CH(CH3)CH2-, or -CHZCHZ-, provided further that one of the Az2 can be hydrogen; D is methyl, ethyl, propyl, -(CHZ),_3C00-, benzyl or hydrogen; i is 0 or 1 and j is 0 or 1, provided that the sum of (i + j) is 1 or 2; each X2~ is a straight or branched saturated or unsaturated aliphatic group containing up to 3 carbon-carbon double bonds and containing 11 to 23 carbon atoms; n is two minus the number of -(CH2),_3C00- substituents present; and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xxi) compounds of the formula:
Rzs-CC(O)O(CHZ)i-slo-~-C(O)NH(CH2)2-s-N(R23a)(R23b)-(CHz)2-s-OC(O)R23A-wherein each Rz3 is independently straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 8 to 22 10 carbon atoms; RZSa is straight or branched alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms, benzyl, or -CZH40C(O)Rzb, wherein R26 is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 8 to 22 carbon atoms; R23n is -H, -CH3, -CzHs or benzyl; and A- is an anion as defined above; and (xxii) compounds of the following structural formulas:
AO
A ~ YR2s ~R24)4-rWN'E(CH2)n ~'-R2~ (R24)3-N-CHz-CH
'" and CH2YR25 wherein each R24 is independently straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 0 to 3 hydroxyl groups; each Rz5 is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 10 to 22 carbon atoms and 0 to 3 hydroxyl groups; each Y is -O-C(O)-or -20 C(O)-O-; each m is 1 to 3; each n is from 1 to 8; and A- is an anion as defined above.
Preferred examples of compounds of structural formulas (xxii) include methyl diethanolamine (MDEA) ester quats, triethanolamine (TEA) ester quats, for example, di-(tallow carboxyethyl) hydroxyethyl methylammonium methosulfate, available from Witco Corporation under the tradenarne REWOQUATT"' WE 16, or epichlorohydrin-based ester 25 quats, all of which are used and accepted as fabric softeners worldwide because of their favorable biodegradation profiles, but usually lack the optimum softening performance of other quats.
F. DIOL AND DIOL ALKOXYLATE COUPLING AGENT ADDITIVES
In a preferred embodiment of this invention, fabric softener formulations and 30 other formulations which may be clear (translucent or transparent) and easily dispersed in water can be provided by including an appropriate amount of one or more straight or branched alkyl diols containing 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and/or alkoxylates of such diols with ~-9 up to 40 alkoxy units per diol moiety, wherein the alkoxylate chains are composed of alkoxy units which are ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy or mixtures thereof, and preferably ethoxy or isopropoxy. These diol and diol alkoxylate hydrotropes or coupling agents are added to the formulations to increase the amount of the relatively water-insoluble surfactants that can be S solubilized into the system. In most cases, they do not act as surfactants to lower surface tension but they often allow surfactants in the presence of salts or electrolytes to be added and subsequently dispersed into water at higher concentrations or at lower viscosities of the formulation than is otherwise achieved using only surfactant and water. These coupling agents assist surfactants by increasing the surfactant's solubility in water and its stability in the formulation, especially in the presence of salts, electrolytes and/or pH
agents.
These diols and alkoxylates correspond to structural formula (T) HO-(X-O)x-RT-(O-Y)y-OH (T) wherein each X and each Y is ethylene (that is, -CZH4-), propylene (that is, -C3H6-), or butylene (that is, -C4H8-); x is 0-40; y is 0-40; the sum (x+y) is 0-40; and RT is straight, 1S branched or cyclic alkyl containing 4 to 12 carbon atoms. Preferably, RT
contains 7-12 or even 7-9 carbon atoms.
The alkylene residue RT in structural formula (T) represents a saturated, straight-chain, branched-chain, or cyclic moiety containing 4 to 12 carbon atoms. It is preferred that RT is branched, wherein the term "branched" is intended to encompass structures having one side alkyl chain, more than one side alkyl chain, or one or more side alkyl chains, one or more of which is itself branched. Branched structures include cyclic structures substituted with one or more alkyl groups, the alkyl groups being straight or branched. Examples of suitable RT groups include such groups as -CHZC(CH3)ZCHZ-, -CHZCH(CHZCH2CHZCH3)-, -CHzC(CH3)zCH(CH(CH3)Z)-, -CHZCHZCHZ-, 2S -C(CH3)ZCH2-, -(CHz)6-, -CH2CH(CH3)CHz-,-CHZCH(CHZCH3)CHZCH2CHzCH2-, and -CH(CH2)2CH(CHZ)2 I
In the alkoxylated diols, the number of repeating units in each poly(alkoxy) chain can be up to 40 but it is preferred that each chain contains 1 to 10 repeating alkoxy units or more preferably 1 to S alkoxy units. The preferred alkoxy chains are poly(ethoxy), or are composed of 1 to 2 ethoxy units capped with a chain of 1 to S propoxy units.
Compounds of structural formula (T) defined above are in many instances commercially available. Compounds of structural formula (T) can be prepared in straightforward manner familiar to those of ordinary skill in this art by obtaining or preparing the corresponding 3~
precursor diol of structural formula HO-RT-OH, and then alkoxylating the precursor diol with a stoichiometrically appropriate number of moles of the desired corresponding aIkylene oxide, such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, andlor butylene oxide. In those cases where it is desired to alkoxylate only one of the hydroxyl groups on the precursor diol, in some 5 embodiments the alkoxylation will preferentially occur at only one of the hydroxyl groups, particularly where one of them is a primary hydroxyl and the other is a secondary hydroxyl.
However, in those cases where both hydroxyl groups on the precursor diol might tend to alkoxylate but alkoxylation at only one of the hydroxyl groups is desired, the hydroxyl group at which alkoxylation is desired not to occur can be protected by preliminarily reacting it 10 with a suitable protecting group such as a lower alkyl moiety or an esterifying substituent.
Thereafter, following the alkoxylation, the protecting group is removed in a known manner.
Preferred examples of compounds of the foregoing structural formula (T) include any one, or mixtures, of 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol (TMPD) and/or ethylhexane-1,3-diol, and/or the reaction product of TMPD and/or 2-ethylhexane-1,3-diol 15 with I to 10 moles of ethylene oxide, and preferably with 1 to 5 moles of ethylene oxide, as well as analogs alkoxylated with other C3 or C4 alkyl oxides or mixtures of any of Cz, C3 and/or C4 alkyl oxides. Since the diol which is alkoxylated includes one primary hydroxyl group and one secondary hydroxyl group, the alkoxylation proceeds predominantly at the primary hydroxyl group.
20 The compositions which contain one or more compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) can also contain one or a mixture of compounds of structural formula (E) Rs~'-C(O)O-R$z-(OC(O)Res)o.i (E) wherein RE1 is straight, cyclic or branched alkyl containing 1-15 carbon atoms, and RE1 is substituted with 0 to 3 hydroxyl groups; and wherein R~z is straight, cyclic or branched alkyl 25 containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and REZ is substituted with 0 to 3 hydroxyl groups, and REz can optionally be substituted with a group of the structure -OC(O)-RE3 wherein RE3 is straight, cyclic or branched alkyl containing 1 to 15 carbon atoms and is optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group. Preferred compounds of structural formula (E) include those wherein REZ contains 2 or 3 carbon atoms, for example, glycol and glyceryl derivative, 30 or REZ contains about 8 carbon atoms, for example, derivatives of 2,2,4-trimethylpentanediol or of 2-ethylhexanediol. Preferred compounds of structural formula (E) include 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol monoisobutyrate, hydroxypivalyl hydroxypivalate, and the monoester of TMPD with hydroxypivalic acid.
Formulations can also contain what may be termed aesthetic additives to 35 provide properties such as fragrance, preservative, viscosity control, and color. Such additives are discussed below. The formulations according to the present invention generally exhibit highly satisfactory viscosities, generally as pourable and even sprayable fluids.
G. ADDITIONAL SURFACTANTS
Other suitable non-quaternary compound surfactants, whether anionic, cationic, zwitterionic, nonionic, or amphoteric, may be used in combination with the compounds and formulations of the invention, depending on the application. For example, in a fabric softening application, suitable anionic surfactants may include, without limitation, the alkylbenzene sulfonates, a-olefin sulfonates, and xylene sulfonates available from Witco Corporation under the WITCONATEC~7 trademark. While these surfactants may be unsuitable for personal care applications because they may cause skin and eye irritation, surfactants suitable for personal care applications may be used in other non-personal care applications. For personal care applications, suitable anionic surfactants would include, without limitation, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, any a-olefin sulfonate, ammonium laureth sulfate (2 or 3 moles), sodium laureth sulfate (2 or 3 moles), sodium myristyl sulfate, sodium myristeth sulfate (1-4 moles), ammonium xylene sulfonate, sodium xylene sulfonate, TEA dodecylbenzene sulfonate, TEA lauryl sulfate, ammonium pareth sulfate, sodium pareth sulfate, sodium oleth sulfate, derivatives of any of the forgoing, and similar compounds known to those of skill in the art, and mixtures thereof.
For personal care applications, suitable amphoteric surfactants or non-ionic surfactants include betaines, sulfosuccinates, mono- and diglycerides, glycinates, sugars and derivatives thereof, hydroxysultaines, mono- and diacetates, ethoxylated derivatives of any of the forgoing, and similar compounds known to those of skill in the art, and mixtures thereof.
Other surfactants that may be added to these systems include, but are not limited to, alkanolamides, many of which are available from Witco Corporation under the WITCAMIDE~ tradename. In addition, various amine oxides, several of which are available from Witco Corporation under the VAROX~ tradename, may be used in these systems.
H. PERSONAL CARE EMOLLIENTS AND EMULSIFIERS
Emollients and emulsifiers are also typically used in personal care formulations in combination with the polyester amine compounds and polyquaternary compounds of the invention, depending on the application. The preferred embodiment of this invention may also be used in emulsions that can be used as skin or hair conditioners which can take the form of lotions, creams, leave-on products, and rinse-off products. These systems may also include additional products that may improve the feel and conditioning, or the emolliency of skin and hair. Some of these products are available from Witco 3~.
Corporation under the KEMSTRENE~, WITCONOLT"', STARFOL~; and KEMESTER~
tradenames. Such emulsions usually include emulsifiers to form and preserve the emulsion.
I. OTHER ADDITIVES
Other additives and adjuvants can be optionally added to the compounds and formulations of the present invention for their known purposes. Such additives and adjuvants include, but are not limited to, perfumes, preservatives including bacteriocides and fungicides, insect and moth repelling agents, polymeric soil release agents, antistatic agents, dyes and colorants, especially bluing agents, viscosity control agents, antioxidants, silicones, defoaming agents, antifoarning agents, emulsifiers, brighteners, opacifiers, freeze-thaw control agents, shrinkage control agents, aloe, humectants, skin protectants, feel modifiers, waxes, glycerine, vitamins and extracts, and mixtures thereof. The identity and amounts of the additives and adjuvants used would depend on the application of the formulation and its desired properties. The additives and adjuvants are well-known to those of skill in the art and the additives and adjuvants listed below are not meant to be an exhaustive list but merely a guide to the types of additives that would typically be used.
I. Perfumes As noted above, perfumes or fragrance materials may be added to the compositions and formulations of the present invention. The selection of the perfume or perfumes is based upon the application, the desired effect on the consumer, and preferences of the formulator. Such perfume is preferably present at a level of from about 0.01 % to about 5 % , preferably from about 0.05 % to about 3 % , more preferably from about 0.1 % to about 2%, by weight of the total composition. Preferably, the perfume is composed of fragrance materials selected from the group consisting of aromatic and aliphatic esters having molecular weights from about 130 to about 250; aliphatic and aromatic alcohols having molecular weights from about 90 to about 240; aliphatic ketones having molecular weights from about 150 to about 260; aromatic ketones having molecular weights from about 150 to about 270; aromatic and aliphatic lactones having molecular weights from about 130 to about 290; aliphatic aldehydes having molecular weights from about 140 to about 200;
aromatic aldehydes having molecular weights from about 90 to about 230; aliphatic and aromatic ethers having molecular weights from about 150 to about 270; and condensation products of aldehydes and amines having molecular weights from about 180 to about 320; and mixtures thereof. The selection of such perfumes and fragrance materials are well-known to those of skill in the art, both for desired scent and appropriate scent impact.
2. Preservatives Optionally, solubilized, water-soluble preservatives can be added to the present invention. Preservatives are especially preferred when organic compounds that are subject to microorganisms are added to the compositions of the present invention, especially when they are used in aqueous compositions. When such compounds are present, long term 5 and even short term storage stability of the compositions and formulations becomes an important issue since contamination by certain microorganisms with subsequent microbial growth often results in an unsightly and/or malodorous solution. Therefore, it is preferable to include a solubilized water-soluble, antimicrobial preservative, which is effective for inhibiting and/or regulating microbial growth in order to increase storage stability of the 10 preferably clear and often aqueous compositions and formulations of the present invention. It is preferable to use a broad spectrum preservative, for example, one that is effective on both bacteria and fungi. A limited spectrum preservative, for example, one that is only effective on a single group of microorganisms, for example, fungi, can be used in combination with a broad spectrum preservative or other limited spectrum preservatives with complimentary 15 and/or supplementary activity. Antimicrobial preservatives useful in the present invention can be biocidal or biostatic compounds. If the antimicrobial preservative is included in the compositions and formulations of the present invention, it is preferably present in an effective amount, wherein an "effective amount" means a level sufficient to prevent spoilage or prevent growth of inadvertently added microorganisms for a specific period of time.
20 Preferred levels of preservative are from about 0.0001 % to about 0.5 % , more preferably from about 0.0002 % to about 0.2 %, most preferably from about 0.0003 % to about 0.1 % , by weight of the composition. Bacteriostatic effects can sometimes be obtained for aqueous compositions by adjusting the composition pH to an acid pH, for example, less than about pH
4, preferably less than about pH 3. Low pH for microbial control is not a preferred 25 approach in the present invention because the low pH can cause chemical degradation of the cyclodextrins. Therefore, aqueous compositions of the present invention should have a pH
greater than about 3.0, preferably greater than about 4.0, more preferably greater than about 4.5. As stated above, it is preferable to use the preservative at an effective amount, as defined hereinabove. Optionally, however, the preservative can be used at a level which 30 provides an antimicrobial effect on the treated fabrics.
3. Antistatic Agents The composition of the present invention can optionally contain an effective amount of antistatic agent to provide the treated clothes with in-wear static.
Preferred antistatic agents are those that are water soluble in at least effective amount, such that the 35 composition remains a clear solution. An example of these antistatic agents is ethyl bis(polyethoxyethanol) alkylammonium ethylsulfate (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARIQUAT~ 66). It is preferred that a. no foaming, or low foaming, agent is used, to avoid foam formation during fabric treatment. It is also preferred that polyethoxylated agents such as polyethylene glycol or VARIQUAT~ 66 are not used when a-cyclodextrin is used. When an antistatic agent is used it is typically present at a level of from about 0.05% to about LO%, preferably from about 0.1 % to about 5%, more preferably from about 0.3 % to about 3 %, by weight of the composition.
4. Dyes and Colorants Colorants and dyes, especially bluing agents, can be optionally added to the compositions of the present invention for visual appeal and performance impression. When colorants are used, they are used at extremely low levels to avoid fabric staining. Preferred colorants for use in the present compositions are highly water-soluble dyes, for example, LIQUITINT~ dyes available from Milliken Chemical Company.
S. Insect and Moth Repelling Agents The composition of the present invention can optionally contain an effective amount of insect or moth repelling agents. Typical insect and moth repelling agents are pheromones, such as anti-aggregation pheromones, and other natural and/or synthetic ingredients. When an insect and/or moth repellent is used it is typically present at a level of from about 0.005 wt. % to about 3 wt. % of the composition.
6. Polymeric Soil Release Agents Soil release agents, usually polymers, are especially desirable additives at levels of from about 0.05 wt. % to about S wt. %, preferably from about 0.1 wt. % to about 4 wt. % , more preferably from about 0.2 wt. % to about 3 wt. % . Suitable soil release agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,702,857; 4,711,730; 4,713,194; 4,877,896;
4,956,447;
and 4,749,596. Especially desirable optional ingredients are polymeric soil release agents comprising block copolymers of polyalkylene terephthalate and polyoxyethylene terephthalate, and block copolymers of polyalkylene terephthalate and polyethylene glycol.
The polymeric soil release agents useful in the present invention can include anionic and cationic polymeric soil release agents. Suitable anionic polymeric or oligomeric soil release agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,018,569. Other suitable polymers are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,808,086. Suitable cationic soil release polymers are described in U.S.
Patent No. 4,956,447.
7. Viscosity Control Agents Viscosity control agents can be organic or inorganic in nature and may either lower or raise the viscosity of the formulation. Examples of organic viscosity modifiers (lowering) are aryl carboxylates and sulfonates (for example, benzoate, 2-hydroxybenzoate, 2-aminobenzoate, benzenesulfonate, 2-hydroxybenzenesulfonate, 2-aminobenzenesulfonate, etc.), fatty acids and esters, fatty alcohols, and water-miscible solvents such as short chain alcohols. Examples of inorganic viscosity control agents are water-soluble ionizable salts. A
wide variety of ionizable salts can be used. Examples of suitable salts are the halides and acetates of ammonium ion and the group IA and IIA metals of the Periodic Table of the Elements. The amount of ionizable salts used depends on the amount of active ingredients used in the compositions and can be adjusted according to the desire of the formulator.
Typical levels of salts used to control the composition viscosity are from 0 to about 10 wt. %, 10 preferably from about 0.01 wt. % to about 6 wt. % , and most preferably from about 0.02 wt. % to about 3 wt. % of the composition.
Viscosity modifiers (raising) or thickening agents can be added to increase the ability of the compositions to stably suspend water-insoluble articles, for example, perfume microcapsules. These viscosity raisers (thickeners) are typically used at levels from 15 about 0.5 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , preferably from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. % , more preferably from about 1.5 wt. % to about 3.5 wt. % , and most preferably from about 2 wt.
to about 3 wt. % , of the composition.
8. Pearlizing and Opacifying Agents Examples of pearlizing or opacifying agents that can be added to the 20 compositions of this invention include, but are not restricted to, glycol distearate, propylene glycol distearate, and glycol stearate. Some of these products are available from Witco Corporation under the KEMESTER~ tradename.
9. Vitamins and Extracts In personal care applications, vitamins and extracts are often used in the 25 formulations thereof.
10. Antioxidants Examples of antioxidants that can be added to the compositions of this invention are propyl gallate, available from Eastman Chemical Products, Inc.
under the tradenames TENOX~ PG and TENOX~ S-1, and dibutylated hydroxytoluene, available 30 from UOP Inc. under the tradename SUSTANE~ BHT.
Il. Silicones The present compositions can contain silicones to provide additional benefits, for example, in a fabric application they may provide ease of ironing and improved fabric absorbency. As used herein, the term "silicones" comprises cationic and amphoteric 35 silicones, polysiloxanes, and polysiloxanes having hydrogen-bonding functional groups consisting of amino, carboxyl, hydroxyl, ether, polyether, aldehyde, ketone, amide, ester, and thiol groups. Such polysiloxanes include, but are not limited to, polyether-modified polysiloxanes, amino-modified polysiloxanes, epoxy-modified polysiloxanes, polyhydrido-modified polysiloxanes, phenol-derivative-modified polysiloxanes, ABA-type polysiloxanes, S [AB]N-type polysiloxanes, amino [AB]N-type polysiloxanes, including those available from OSi Specialties, Inc. (a division of Witco Corporation), under the SILWET~, NUWET~, NUDRYT"', NUSOFTT"', MAGNASOFT~ tradenames. Suitable silicones may include polydimethylsiloxanes of viscosity of from about 100 centistokes (cs) to about 100,000 cs, preferably from about 200 cs to about 60,000 cs and/or silicone gums. These silicones can be used in emulsified form, which can be conveniently obtained directly from the suppliers.
Examples of these preemulsified silicones are the 60% emulsion of polydimethylsiloxane (350 cs) sold by Dow Corning Corporation under the tradename DOW CORNING~ 1157 Fluid and the 50% emulsion of polydimethylsiloxane {10,000 cs) sold by General Electric Company under the tradename GENERAL ELECTRIC~ SM 2140 silicones. The optional silicone component can be used in an amount of from about 0.1 wt. % to about 6 wt. % of the composition.
Silicone foam suppressants can also be used. These are usually not emulsified and typically have viscosities of from about 100 cs to about 10,000 cs, preferably from about 200 cs to about 5,000 cs. Very low levels are used, typically from about 0.01 %
to about 1 % , preferably from about 0.02 % to about 0.5 % . Another preferred foam suppressant is a silicone/silicate mixture, for example, Dow Corning's ANTIFOAMT"' A.
The pH { 10 % solution) of the compositions of this invention is generally adjusted to be in the range of from about 2 to about 7, preferably from about 2.4 to about 6.5, more preferably from about 2.6 to about 4. Adjustment of pH is normally carried out by including a small quantity of free acid in the formulation. Because no strong pH buffers are present, only small amaunts of acid are required. Any acidic material can be used; its selection can be made by anyone skilled in the softener arts on the basis of cost, availability, safety, etc. Among the acids that can be used are methyl sulfonic, hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, citric, malefic, and succinic. For the purposes of this invention, pH is measured by a glass electrode in a 10% solution in water of the softening composition in comparison with a standard calomel reference electrode.
12. Lubrication and Slip Additives Compositions and formulations of the present invention can contain additives such as water, insoluble organics such as fatty acids, fatty esters, triglycerides, oils, alcohols, 3~
fatty alcohols, fatty amines and derivatives, amides, hydrocarbons, mineral oils, waxes, and the like, and mixtures thereof, as lubrication and slip agents.
13. Dye Transfer Inhibitors Compositions and formulations of the present invention can contain 5 ethoxylated amines, amphoterics, betaines, polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, and other ingredients that inhibit dye transfer.
14. Papermaking and Tissuemaking Additives Paper and tissue softening or debonding compositions of the present invention would typically contain other chemicals commonly used in papermaking or tissuemaking, or to the paper or tissue furnish so long as they do not significantly and adversely affect the softening, absorbency of the fibrous material, and softness enhancing actions of the amine and quaternary ammonium softening compounds of the present invention.
A. Wettine Aeents The present invention may contain as an optional ingredient from about 15 0.005 % to about 3.0 % , more preferably from about 0.03 % to 1.0 % by weight, on a dry fiber basis of a wetting agent. Such wetting agents may be selected from polyhydroxy compounds, nonionic surfactants such as alkoxylated compounds and linear alkoxylated alcohols. Examples of water soluble polyhydroxy compounds that can be used as wetting agents in the present invention include glycerol, polyglycerols having a weight-average 20 molecular weight of from about 150 to about 800, and polyoxyethylene glycols and polyoxypropylene glycols having a weight-average molecular weight of from about 200 to about 4000, preferably from about 200 to about 1000, most preferably from about 200 to about 6U0. Polyoxyethylene glycols having an weight-average molecular weight of from about 200 to about 600 are especially preferred. Mixtures of the above-described 25 polyhydroxy compounds may also be used. A particularly preferred polyhydroxy compound is polyoxyethylene glycol having an weight average molecular weight of about 400, available from Union Carbide Corporation under the tradename PEG-400. Suitable nonionic surfactants can be used as wetting agents in the present invention. These include addition products of alkoxylating agents such as ethylene oxide (EO), propylene oxide (PO), 30 isopropylene oxide (iP0), or butylene oxide (BO), or a mixture thereof, with fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty amines, etc. Any of the alkoxylated materials of the particular type described hereinafter can be used as the nonionic surfactant. Suitable compounds are substantially water-soluble surfactants of the general formula:
Rio-1'-(CZH40)Z-C2HaOH
3g wherein Rlo for both solid and liquid compositions is selected from the group consisting of primary, secondary and branched chain alkyl and/or acyl hydrocarbyl groups;
primary, secondary and branched chain alkenyl hydrocarbyl groups; and primary, secondary and branched chain alkyl- and alkenyl-substituted phenolic hydrocarbyl groups; the hydrocarbyl 5 groups having a hydrocarbyl chain length of from about 8 to about 20, preferably from about to about 18 carbon atoms. More preferably the hydrocarbyl chain length for liquid compositions is from about 16 to about 18 carbon atoms and for solid compositions from about 10 to about 14 carbon atoms. In the general formula for the ethoxylated nonionic surfactants herein, Y is typically -O-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)N(R,1)-, or -C(O)N(Rll)Rll-, in which 10 Rlo, and Rl,, when present, have the meanings given hereinbefore, and/or Rl, can be hydrogen, and z is at least about 8, preferably at least about 10-11.
Performance and, usually, stability of the softener composition decrease when fewer ethoxylate groups are present.
Examples of nonionic surfactants according to the above formula follow, wherein the integer in parenthesis identifies the number of EO groups in the molecule. In particular, the deco-, under-, dodder-, terraced-, and pentadecaethoxylates of n-hexadecanol and n-octadecanol are useful wetting agents in the context of this invention.
Exemplary ethoxylated primary alcohols useful herein as the viscosity/dispersibility modifiers of the compositions are n-octadecanol EO(10); and n-decanol EO(11). The ethoxylates of mixed 20 natural or synthetic alcohols in the "oleyl" chain length range are also useful herein. Specific examples of such materials include oleyl alcohol EO(11), oleyl alcohol EO(18), and oleyl alcohol EO(25). In addition, the deco-, undeca-, dodeca-, tetradeca-, pentadeca-, octadeca-, and nonadecaethoxylates of 3-hexadecanol, 2-octadecanol, 4-eicosanol, and 5-eicosanol can be used as wetting agents in the present invention. As in the case of the alcohol alkoxylates, 25 the hexa- through octadecaethoxylates of alkylated phenols, particularly monohydric alkylphenols, are useful as the viscosity/dispersibility modifiers of the instant compositions.
In particular, the hexa- through octadeca-ethoxylates of p-tridecylphenol, m-pentadecylphenol, and the like, are useful herein. Exemplary ethoxylated alkylphenols useful as the wetting agents of the mixtures herein are: p-tridecylphenol EO(11) and p-30 pentadecylphenol EO(18). As used herein and as generally recognized in the art, a phenylene group in the nonionic formula is the equivalent of an alkylene group containing from 2 to 4 carbon atoms. It should also be noted that the alkenyl alcohols, both primary and secondary, and alkenyl phenols corresponding to those disclosed immediately hereinabove can be ethoxylated and used as wetting agents in the present invention.
Furthermore, WO 00/21918 PC'T/US98/21683 branched-chain primary and secondary alcohols, usually synthesized using the well-known Oxo Process, can be ethoxylated and can be used as wetting agents in the present invention.
The above ethoxylated nonionic surfactants are useful in the present compositions alone or in combination, and the term "nonionic surfactant"
encompasses mixed nonionic surface active agents. The level of surfactant, if used, is preferably from about 0.01 % to about 2.0% by weight, based on the dry fiber weight of the tissue paper.
The surfactants preferably have alkyl chains with eight or more carbon atoms.
Exemplary anionic surfactants are linear alkyl sulfonates and alkylbenzene sulfonates.
Exemplary nonionic surfactants are alkylglycosides including alkylglycoside esters, alkylglycoside ethers, and aikylpolyethoxylated esters.
B. r ngt_h_ Additives Other types of chemicals which may be added, include the strength additives to increase the dry tensile strength and the wet burst of the tissue webs. The present invention may contain as an optional component from about 0.01 wt. % to about 3.0 wt. % , more preferably from about 0.3 wt. % to about 1.5 wt. % , on a dry fiber weight basis, of a water-soluble strength additive resin. Such water-soluble strength additive resins may include dry strength additives, permanent wet strength resins, temporary wet strength resins, or a compatible mixture thereof.
As used herein, the term "permanent wet strength resin" refers to a resin which allows the paper sheet, when placed in an aqueous medium, to keep a majority of its initial wet strength for a period of time greater than at least two minutes.
Permanent wet strength resins useful herein can be of several types. Generally, those resins which have previously found and which will hereafter find utility in the papermaking art are useful herein. Numerous examples are described by Westfelt in Cellulose Chemistry and Technology, Volume 13, at pages 813-825 (1979). Usually, the wet strength resins are water-soluble, cationic materials. That is to say, the resins are water-soluble at the time they are added to the papermaking furnish. It is quite possible, and even to be expected, that subsequent events such as cross-linking will render the resins insoluble in water. Further, some resins are soluble only under specific conditions, such as over a limited pH range. Wet strength resins are generally believed to undergo a cross-linking or other curing reactions after they have been deposited on, within, or among the papermaking fibers.
However, such cross-linking or curing does not normally occur so long as substantial amounts of water are present. Of particular utility are the various polyamide-epichlorohydrin resins. These materials are low molecular weight polymers provided with reactive functional groups such as amino, epoxy, and azetidinium groups. These materials are available from the Monsanto Company under the tradename SANTO-REST"', such as SANTO-REST"' 31. Other water-soluble cationic resins useful herein are the polyacrylamide resins. Other types of water-soluble resins useful in the present invention include acrylic emulsions and anionic styrene-butadiene latexes. Still other water-soluble cationic resins finding utility in this invention are 5 the urea formaldehyde and melamine formaldehyde resins. These polyfunctional, reactive polymers have molecular weights on the order of a few thousand. The more common functional groups include nitrogen containing groups such as amino groups and methylol groups attached to nitrogen. Although less preferred, polyethylenimine-type resins fmd utility in the present invention. More complete descriptions of the aforementioned water-10 soluble resins, including their manufacture, can be found in TAPPI
Monograph Series No.
29, Wet Strength In Paper and Paperboard, Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (New York: 1965).
The above-mentioned permanent wet strength additives are those that produce paper products with permanent wet strength, that is, paper which when placed in an aqueous 15 medium retains a substantial portion of its initial wet strength over time.
However, permanent wet strength in some types of paper products can be an unnecessary and undesirable property. Paper products such as toilet tissues, etc., are generally disposed of after brief periods of use into septic systems and the like. Clogging of these systems can result if the paper product permanently retains its hydrolysis-resistant strength properties.
20 Thus, manufacturers use temporary wet strength additives to paper products for which wet strength is sufficient for the intended use, but which then decays upon soaking in water.
Decay of the wet strength facilitates flow of the paper product through septic systems.
Examples of suitable temporary wet strength resins include modified starch temporary wet strength agents, such as that available from the National Starch and Chemical Corporation 25 under the tradename NATIONAL STARCHT'" 78-0080. This type of wet strength agent can be made by reacting dimethoxyethyl-N methyl-chloroacetamide with cationic starch polymers. Modified starch temporary wet strength agents are also described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,675,394 and 4,981,557.
C. Other Additives 30 Other suitable additives may be used in paper and tissuemaking applications, depending on the application. For example, glycerin may also be used in the composition and formulations thereof. If used, the amount of glycerin in the aqueous softening composition can be from about 0.1 wt. % to about 98 wt. % , more preferably from about 60 to about 80 wt. % , and still more preferably from about 40 to about 60 wt. %
, of the 35 composition. In addition, the compositions and formulations of the instant invention can contain glycols, such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, instead of or in addition to glycerin in such formulations.
Other optional ingredients include aloe, humectants, skin protectants, and feel modifiers. Suitable humectants include lactic acid and its salts, sugars, ethoxylated glycerin, ethoxylated lanolin, corn syrup, hydrolyzed starch hydrolysate, urea, and sorbitol. Suitable skin protectants include allantoin, kaolin, and zinc oxide. Suitable feel modifiers include corn starch, oat flour, talc, boron nitride, and cyclodextrin.
J. EXAMPLES
The following examples are but a few examples of more particular formulations embodying the compositions of the present invention. The following examples are provided for purposes of further description of the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of that which is regarded as the invention.
Basic Fabric Softener Formulations Hexamethylenediamine was reacted with 4 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of HMDA. The HMDA ethoxylate was esterified in two different runs with a mixture of C~4-C18 fatty acids (2 moles of fatty acid per mole of ethoxylate) following which the HMDA
ethoxylated ester was quaternized with 2 moles of DMS per mole of HMDA. In Run (1-A) the fatty acids were a commercial mixture of tallow fatty acids and in Run (1-B) the fatty acids were obtained from canola oil.
This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) in conventional solvent systems. A product was made by thoroughly blending the quaternary and solvent, then blending in the fragrance and then the water.
The components and the amounts thereof were:
Component Amount (wt. %) Product of Run 1-B (85 wt. % in isopropanol) 23.5 Solvent (hexylene glycol) 18-20 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 The resulting formulations had a cloud point of 45°C, a melting point above 10°C, and a Gardner color of above 0.5. The quaternary product of Run 1-B exhibits little ~2 or no gelation upon addition to water. The above formulation was repeated except using a 50:50 (wt.) mixture of products prepared in accordance with Runs 1-A and 1-B.
The resulting formulation has a cloud point of 50-55°C and exhibits satisfactory properties.
This example illustrates that clear formulations can be made which contain a conventional quaternary ammonium fabric softener compound together with one or a mixture of compounds of structural formula (1) as defined herein. This discovery is particularly unexpected in that many conventional quaternary ammonium fabric softener actives, such as the di(Cg-C22 alkyl/alkenyl) di(C,-C4 alkyl) quaternary ammonium compounds, like the one 10 employed in this example, cannot readily be formulated into a clear composition in an acceptable amount using existing solvent systems or solvent/coupling agent systems.
The composition of Example 3 was made using the procedure used in Example 2. The components and the amounts thereof were:
Component Amount (wt. % ) Product of Run 1-B, 85 wt. % in isopropanol14.1 Ditallow dimethyl ammonium chloride (available10.7 from Witco Corporation as ADOGEN~ 470), 75 wt. %
in isopropanol Hexylene glycol 24.0 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 15 The resulting product has a cloud point of 45-50°C, and a melting point of 27°C. Its color is less than 0.5 Gardner.
EXAMPLES 4 and 5 Additional formulations employing another solvent system include Example 4 and Example 5, both made by the procedure disclosed in Example 2.
Component Amount (wt. % ) Product of Run 1-B 23.5 TMPD 7.5 Hexylene glycol 7.5 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 ~3 Component Amount (wt. % ) Product of Run 1-A 11.8 Product of Run 1-B 11.8 TMPD 7.5 Hexylene glycol 7.5 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 As noted above, fabric softening actives, such as amines and ammonium derivatives, are often rendered ineffective by reaction with the anionic detergent compounds present in the wash water. Although this is most obviously a problem if both detergent and 5 softener compounds are added together in a wash cycle, even if the fabric softener is added during a rinse cycle (as is typically done), residual detergent compounds present in the fabric interferes with the softener.
More generally, exemplary formulation guidelines for fabric softener compositions which include polyester polyquaternary compounds conforming to structural formula (1), include Examples 6 and 7. As noted above, when a clear formulation is desired, the use of an unsaturated fatty acid is preferred to make the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) or at least a portion of the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) used in the formulation. If a clear formulation is desired, the I.V. of the fatty acid used to make the compound of 15 structural formula ( 1 ) ranges from about 30 to about 140, more preferably the I . V . ranges from about 80 to about 120, most preferably the I. V . ranges from about 90 to about 110.
Examples of some fatty acids that would be preferred may be derived from the following fats and oils: tallow, fish oils, canola (including fatty acids derived from partially hydrogenated canola), palm, wheat germ, rapeseed, olive, corn, neem, peanut, safflower, sesame seed, 20 soybean, sunflower seed, and cocoa butter.
Clear Polyester Polyquaternary in Conventional Solvents) Component Amount (wt. %) Compound of structural formula ( 1 ) 15-20 Solvents) (for example, isopropanol, hexylene20-30 glycol) Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 Clear Polyester Polyquaternary with Coupling Agent Component Amount (wt. % ) Compound of structural formula ( 1 ) 15-25 Coupling agents) (for example, diol or 10-15 alkoxylate of structural formula (T) and/or hydroxyester of structural formula (E)) Acid (for example, HCl) to pH 2.5-4 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 As disclosed above, the compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) may be used either alone or in combination with other compounds. Such compounds may include conventional quats such as those set forth herein above (see E. ADDITIONAL
QUATERNARY AMMONIUM COMPOUNDS). Indeed, some of these formulations provide advantageous formulations providing and synergistic or unexpected properties. For example, as explained above, detergent compounds are generally anionic surfactants and naturally tend to complex with or even precipitate out of solution when cationic softening ingredients are present in the same aqueous solution. This complexation or precipitation reaction interferes with the performance of both the detergent compounds and the softening compounds and is therefore undesirable. Detergents and softeners are therefore generally not added simultaneously in laundry operations to avoid this undesirable complexation or precipitation reaction; however, as North American washing machines typically rinse the clothes only once before fabric softener is added to the washload, even if the fabric softener is added during a rinse cycle (as is typically done), residual anionic detergent compounds present in the fabric complexes with the cationic softener compounds, often rendering about 15% to 30% or more of the softener inactive. It has been found that certain conventional quats, particularly the ester quats of structural formula (xxii), in combination with compounds of structural formula {1) provide an advantageous fabric softening formulation with surprising resistance to complexation with anionic surfactants.
~s High Solids HMDA Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 2.5 moles tallow fatty10 acid + 2 moles DMS
Tallow-based TEA ester quat (DMS-based 15 quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives High Solids BHMT Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) BHMT + 4 moles EO + 3 moles tallow fatty 10 acid + 3 moles DMS
Tallow-based TEA ester quat (DMS-based 15 quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives High Solids BHMT Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 2.5 moles tallow fatty5 acid + 3 moles DMS
Tallow-based MDEA ester quat (DMS-based 20 quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives High Solids BHMT Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 3.5 moles tallow fatty5 acid + 3 moles DMS
Ditallow ester of 3-(dimethylamino)-1,2-propanediol10 (methyl chloride-based quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives Low Solids HMDA Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 2 moles tallow fatty 2.5 acid + 2 moles DMS
Tallow-based TEA ester quat (DMS-based 5 quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives E~PLE 13 Low Solids BHMT Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 2.5 moles tallow fatty2 acid + 2 moles DMS
Tallow-based MDEA ester chloride quat 5 Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives There are many unexpected benefits of the above formulations. Most importantly, there is improved softening performance of the formulation over an equivalent amount of dialkyl ester quat formulation absent compounds of structural formula (1). In addition, however, the formulations above disperse readily into water, even cold water, without a viscosity increase as with conventional quats, and provide a finer final particle size when so dispersed, for example, at 100 ppm concentration. Moreover, the formulations have improved fluidity and viscosity, even in high solids formulations, over conventional non-blended formulations, exhibit reduced staining, and provide high color and odor stability. It should also be noted that certain of the formulations may be made clear, the provide clear compositions more readily (that is, over a greater concentration range with lower solvent concentrations) when the fatty acid levels of the polyester quat component is lower, for example, 3 or fewer moles of fatty acid per mole of BHMT, while it is difficult to obtain clear formulations with higher fatty acid levels of the polyester quat component, 3.5 or greater moles of fatty acid per mole of BHMT, even at low concentrations.
This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to the present invention that are formulated into a microemulsion. As noted above, such formulations generally include three components: (a) compound of structural formula (1), (b) a solvatrope or coupling agent and blends thereof, and (c) an oil or hydrophobic organic component and blends thereof, which are blended in water. Suitable solvatropes or coupling agents may be selected from the diols and alkoxylates corresponding to structural formulas (T) or (E), TMPD, TMPD alkoxylates, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, 1,2-cyclohexanedimethanol (1,2-CHDM), 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol (1,4-CHDM), HPHP glycol, isopentyldiol, 1,2-hexanediol, ethylene glycol butyl ether, hexylene glycol, 2-butoxyethanol (sold by Union Carbide under the tradename butyl CELLOSOLVE~), C6-C12 diols/triols and ester diols/triols, glycol ethers, and the like. Oils and hydrophobic organic components may be selected from the fatty C8-C22 methyl esters, such as methyl oleate, mineral seal oils, silicone oils, fatty acids, monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides, dialkyl esters, and the like, depending on the application. The methyl esters are the preferred oil based on performance and biodegradability, although mineral seat oil is preferred in car drying aid applications.
An example of such a microemulsion is the following formulation.
Microemulsion Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 2 moles tallow fatty 15 acid + 2 moles DMS
Isopropanol 2.6 TMPD/CHDM (80%/20%) 11.7 Methyl oleate 18.0 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as emulsifiers, for example, for agricultural emulsifiers or asphalt emulsifiers. In a typical formulation, HMDA is ethoxylated using 4 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of HMDA. The resulting HMDA ethoxylate is esterified with 1.5 to 2 moles of tallow fatty acid per mole of HMDA and the resulting HMDA ethoxylated ester is quaternized with 2 moles of DMS. The HMDA ethoxylated ester quat therefore contains only 1.5 to 2 ester groups per HMDA molecule. This HMDA compound is therefore less hydrophobic than many of the other examples of compounds according to structural formula ( 1 ) given in other Examples for other applications. Thus, this compound is useful as an emulsifier for organic compounds, for example, when formulated with pesticides, other surfactants and dispersants, and water, the resulting formulation would make a useful agricultural pesticide spray, the HMDA ethoxylated ester quat encouraging the organic components to remain dispersed in the water, allowing efficient transfer and coverage in treating plants. Examples 16 to 18 provide farther examples of this use of the compounds of structural formula (1) and fotmtulations thereof. As can be appreciated, for these applications the polyquaternary compound is prepared having only about 1 to about 2 ester groups per molecule to ensure that the molecule as a whole is less hydrophobic than those that would typically be used in other applications.
This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as a herbicide emulsion agent. A compound according to structural formula (1), for example, HMDA + 12 moles EO + 1.2 moles canola fatty acid, or mixture thereof is added to a solvent or solvent mixture and water and a herbicide is incorporated therein and an emulsion formed. The amount of the polyquaternary compound is generally from about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % , preferably from about 10 wt. % to about 40 wt. % , most preferably from about 15 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , of the herbicide concentrate composition. A typical formulation might be:
Herbicide Concentrate Emulsion Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 12 moles EO + 1.2 moles canola 20.0 fatty acid Propylene glycol 4.0 Water 2.0 Clo-C1, alcohol + 9 moles EO 3.0 Glufosinate herbicide 71.0 This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as a pesticide emulsion agent formulation. Unlike Example 16, Example 17 does not incorporate the pesticide itself, instead an appropriate amount of pesticide must be added to the pesticide emulsion agent formulation to make a pesticide emulsion concentrate, which is diluted with water by the user and applied in the dilute form. In general, only 10-30 wt. % of the pesticide emulsion agent formulation is used to in the pesticide emulsion concentrate, that is, there is 70-90 wt. % pesticide in the pesticide emulsion concentrate, which is the form it will generally be commercialized.
The final customer will then dilute the pesticide emulsion concentrate (pesticidelemulsifier package) into water for actual application of pesticide.
14 1.5 - - 5.5* - 1.0*
* denotes 4 day readings and averages Key to product numbers:
1: Soft tallow-derived, triethanolamine-ester quaternary 2: Soft tallow-derived, methyl diethanolamine-ester quaternary 3: Canola-derived, triethanolamine-ester quaternary 4: Soft tallow-derived, diamidoamine quaternary 5: HMDA
+ 4 moles ethylene oxide + 2.5 moles soft tallow fatty acids + 1 mole DMS
6: Same as 5 except 2 moles DMS
used 7: Same as 6 except 2 moles of canola fatty acid used 8: BHMT
+ 5 moles ethylene oxide + 4 moles soft tallow fatty acid + 3 moles DMS
9: Same as 8 except 1 mole soft tallow fatty acid used 10:
Same as 8 except 2 moles soft tallow fatty acid used 11:
Same as 8 except 3 moles canola fatty acid used 12:
Same as 8 except 2 moles soft tallow fatty acid used and product not quaternized 13:
(wt.
%) mixture of 1 and 14:
(wt.
% ) mixture of 1 and BHMT
+ 5 moles ethylene oxide + 3.5 moles soft tallow fatty acid + 3 moles DMS
Although the compounds of structural formula (1) have many potential uses, in particular, they exhibit highly satisfactory fabric softening capabilities.
Thus, the compounds of structural formula (1), as well as mixtures of such compounds, can be 5 advantageously formulated appropriately into products useable as fabric softeners. It has been found that, regardless of the other components that may be present in the fabric softener formulation, the pH of the formulation as a whole should be below 5, and preferably 2.5 to 4.0, in order to maintain low susceptibility of the ester functionality to hydrolysis in water.
The preferred method for providing or adjusting the desired pH value is adding small 10 amounts of an acid, such as HCl or H2S04, consistent with appropriate adjustment of the average degree of esterification and average degree of quaternization mixture of compounds corresponding to structural formula (1). Preferred emulsions useful as fabric softener compositions can contain about 2 wt. % to about 80 wt. % , preferably 5 wt. %
to 30 wt. % , and more preferably 6 wt. ~ to 25 wt. %, of one or more compounds corresponding to structural formula (1). In general, higher solids contents can be provided more easily with lower degrees of quaternization. On the other hand, higher degrees of quaternization (such as a degree of quaternization approaching 2.0 for a diamine), lead to aqueous formulations wherein the maximum acceptable solids content without excessive solubility problems is lower.
~9 The compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) can be formulated into compositions, including clear fabric softener compositions. Such fabric softening composition would typically include water and one or more of the solvents which are conventionally used in formulating fabric softeners. Examples of such solvents include ethanol, isopropanol, hexylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, or similar solvent of mixture thereof, as a concentrate or more dilute form, depending on the application.
Selection of a suitable solvent for a particular application is well-known to those of skill in the art. Such formulations generally comprise about 10 wt. % up to about 50 wt. % of one compound of structural formula (1) or a mixture thereof.
The compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) can be formulated with greater ease than is encountered with conventional quaternary ammonium fabric softener actives. Most conventional quaternary ammonium compounds exhibit a tendency to form a gel during dilution with water when formulated in clear formulations. When formulated in clear formulations, however, the compounds of structural formula (1) show very little gelation, or no gelation at all, during dilution with water, even cold water, which would be expected to provoke gelation. This freedom from a tendency to gel means that compositions including compounds of structural formula (1) can be prepared at active concentrations of 40 wt.% or higher, for example, even 50 wt. % or higher. The preparation itself of such formulations is much simpler: the freedom from gelation means that when a formulator chooses to manufacture a more concentrated product for resale to the consumer, there is no need for special treatment to deal with gel formation. Also, the freedom from gel formation means that the consumer can use the more concentrated product directly without concern that a gelled byproduct would form. For example, the consumer could add a concentrated fabric softener composition according to the present invention directly into the wash water in the wash or rinse cycle, without any apprehension that a gel will form that that would reduce softening efficiency or leave a deposit on the clothes.
It should be noted that the ability of the compounds of structural formula (1) to form a clear formulation, at lower and at higher concentrations, extends also to formulations which also contain one or more other quaternary ammonium compounds as fabric softener co-actives, as well as other additives as disclosed herein.
E. ADDITIONAL QUATERNARY AMMONIUM COMPOUNDS
Additional conventional quaternary ammonium compounds or salts may be present with the compound or compounds of structural formula (1) in accordance with the present invention. The compounds presented below are only examples of conventional quaternary compounds that are suitable for use in the formulations of the present invention.
,Z 0 As with the compounds of structural formula (1), these conventional quaternary ammonium compounds (quits or salts) may have an anion to provide electrical neutrality and, in general, such anion may be any anion which is not deleterious to the properties of the overall compound. Thus, in the structural formulas (i) to (xxii) below, the counteranion, whether designated as A- or not shown but understood, may be selected, without limitation, from the group consisting of fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide, chlorite, chlorate, hydroxide, hypophosphite, phosphate, phosphate, carbonate, formate, acetate, lactate, and other carboxylates, oxalate, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, benzoate, and salicylate, and the like.
Preferred examples of the anions are chloride, bromide, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, and salicylate. If the anion is monovalent (has a charge of -1), A- represents the anion group, if the anion is divalent (has a charge of -2), A- represents half of the anion group, if the anion is trivalent (has a charge of -3), A- represents a third of the anion group, and so on.
The conventional quits that may be formulated with the compounds of structural formula (1) in accordance with the present invention include, but are not limited to, nitrogenous compounds selected from the group consisting of quaternized or acid salt derivatives of:
(i) alkylenediamines, including compounds of the formula:
R~ N~, ,N R~
~J _ R3 ,~
wherein each Rt is an acyclic alkyl or alkylene C,,-Cz, hydrocarbon group, each Z is -(R20)o_4H, or -RZH, and RZ and R3 are divalent C~-C6 alkylene groups;
(ii) substituted imidazoline compounds having the formula:
/N
R~ --~
HO''R2 (iii) reaction products of higher fatty acids with alkylenetriamines in, for example, a molecular ratio of about 2:1, the reaction products containing compounds of the formula:
hi H H
O~N. ,N. ~N~O
R2 R '~3 R~ R~
wherein R~, Rz and R3 are defined as above; and (iv) substituted imidazoline compounds having the formula:
,N
R2 ~\/
R N
G~ R2 O
wherein G is -O- or -NH- and R~ and Rz are defined as above; and mixtures thereof.
Preferred examples of compounds of structural formula (i) are those derived from hydrogenated tallow fatty acids and the hydroxyalkylalkylenediamine is N
hydroxyethylethylenediamine, such that Ri is an aliphatic C,s-Cz, hydrocarbon group, and Rz and R3 are divalent ethylene groups. A preferred example of a compound of structural formula (iii) is stearic hydroxyethyl imidazoline, wherein R1 is an aliphatic Czl hydrocarbon group and Rz is a divalent ethylene group. A preferred example of compounds of structural formula (iii) is N,N"-ditallowalkanoyldiethylenetriamine where R1 is an aliphatic Cls-Czi hydrocarbon group and Rz and R3 are divalent ethylene groups. A preferred example of compounds of structural formula (iv) is 1-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazoline wherein R1 is an aliphatic Cls-Cz~ hydrocarbon group and Rz is a divalent ethylene group.
Both N,N"-ditallowalkanoyldiethylenetriamine and 1-tallowethylamido-2-tallowimidazoline are reaction products of tallow fatty acids and diethylenetriamine, and are precursors of the cationic fabric softening agent methyl-I-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazolinium methylsulfate.
N,N"-ditallowalkanoyldiethylenetriamine and 1-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazoline can be obtained from Witco Corporation. Methyl-1-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazolinium methylsulfate is available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARISOFTO 475.
Other suitable quats are those containing one long chain acyclic aliphatic Cg-Czz hydrocarbon group, selected from the group consisting of:
(v) acyclic quaternary ammonium salts having the formula:
AO
Ra- NO Rs wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic Cs-Czz hydrocarbon group, alkyl, benzyl or (C,~-C1$ alkyl)-(OCHZCHz)z-3-, Rs and R6 are C,-C4 saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl groups, and A- is an anion as defined above;
(vi) substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula:
az N
R~ ~ ~ AO
ON
H -'~
R~
wherein R~ is an acyclic alkyl or alkylene C~2-C2, hydrocarbon group, R7 is hydrogen or a C1-C4 saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, and A- is an anion as defined above;
5 (vii) substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula:
N
R //
SON
wherein Rl, R,, R5, and A- are as defined above;
(viii) alkylpyridinium salts having the formula:
AO
O
R4 N \
10 wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic Cg-C22 hydrocarbon group and A- is an anion as defined above; and (ix) alkanamide alkylene pyridinium salts having the formula:
AO
O
O R2-N \
R~ H
wherein R1 is an acyclic aliphatic C,z-C21 hydrocarbon group, Rz is a divalent C~-C6 aikylene group, and A- is an anion as defined above; and mixtures thereof.
Examples of compounds of structural formula (v) are the monoalkyltrimethylammonium salts such as monotallowtrimethylammonium chloride, mono(hydrogenated tallow)-trimethylanunonium chloride, palmityltrimethylammonium chloride and soyatrimethylammonium chloride, available from Witco Corporation under the 20 tradenames ADOGEN~ 471, ADOGEN~ 441, ADOGEN~ 444, and ADOGEN~ 415, respectively. In these compounds, R4 is an acyclic aliphatic C,6-C1g hydrocarbon group, and RS and R6 are methyl groups. Mono(hydrogenated tallow)trimethylammonium chloride and monotallowtrimethylammonium chloride are preferred. Other examples of compounds of ~3 structural formula (v) are behenyltrimethylammonium chloride wherein R4 is a Czz hydrocarbon group, which is available from the Humko Chemical Division of Witco Corporation under the tradename KEMAMINE~ Q2803-C; soyadimethylethylammonium ethylsulfate wherein R4 is a C16-C~$ hydrocarbon group, RS is a methyl group, R6 is an ethyl group, and A- is an ethylsulfate anion; and methyl bis(2-hydroxyethyl)octadecylammonium chloride wherein R4 is a C,8 hydrocarbon group, RS is a 2-hydroxyethyl group and R6 is a methyl group.
An example of a compound of structural formula (vii) is 1-ethyl-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-isoheptadecylimidazolinium ethylsulfate wherein R, is a C17 hydrocarbon group, Rz is an ethylene group, Rs is an ethyl group, and A- is an ethylsulfate anion. Other quats useful in the present invention include cationic nitrogenous salts having two or more long chain acyclic aliphatic C$-Czz hydrocarbon groups or one long chain acyclic aliphatic C$-Czz hydrocarbon group and an arylalkyl group. Examples include:
(x) acyclic quaternary ammonium salts having the formula;
AO
I
wherein each R4 is an acyclic aliphatic Cg-Czz hydrocarbon group, RS is a C1-saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, Rg is selected from the group consisting of R4 and RS
groups, and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xi) diamido quaternary ammonium salts having the formula:
ACO
O
R~ R2 ~~
~O -R~
wherein each R, is an acyclic alkyl or alkylene Clz-Czi hydrocarbon group, each Rz is a divalent alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R5 and R9 are CI-C4 saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl groups, and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xii) alkoxylated diamido quaternary ammonium salts having the formula:
AO
O
~Nv p+ ,~CH2CH20)nH
R~ R2 ~~
wherein n is equal to 1 to about 5, and R,, R~, R5, and A- are as defined above;
(xiii) quaternary ammonium compounds having the formula:
AO Ra~O. Rs Rs.
wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic C8-C~Z hydrocarbon carbon group, each RS is a C~-C4 saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xiv) amide-substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula:
N\
R~--i- \O A
R~ Rs R~ ~N~H
O
wherein each Rl is an acyclic aliphatic CIZ-C~, hydrocarbon group, Rz is a divalent alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and RS and A- are as defined above, or RS is -H;
and (xv) ester-substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula:
,N\
R~ --R2~~o A
R~ \ /O
~O
wherein Rl, R2, R5, and A- are as defined above; and mixtures thereof.
Examples of compounds of structural formula (x) are the well-known dialkyldimethylammonium salts such as ditallowdimethylammonium chloride, ditallowdimethylammonium methylsulfate, di(hydrogenated tallow)dimethylammonium chloride, distearyldimethylammonium chloride, dibehenyldimethylammonium chloride.
Di(hydrogenated tallow)dimethylamrnonium chloride and ditallowdimethylammonium chloride are preferred. Examples of commercially available dialkyldimethylammonium salts ZS
usable in the present invention are di(hydrogenated tallow)dimethylammonium chloride (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename ADOGEN~ 442);
ditallowdimethylammonium chloride (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename ADOGEN~ 470); distearyldimethylammonium chloride (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename AROSURF~ TA-100); dicocodimethyl ammonium chloride (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename ADOGEN~ 462), and dibehenyldimethylammonium chloride, wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic Cz2 hydrocarbon group (available from the Humko Chemical Division of Witco Corporation under the tradename KEMAMINE~ Q-2802C). Examples of compounds of structural formula (xi) are methylbis(tallowamidoethyl)(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium methylsulfate and methylbis(hydrogenated tallowamidoethyl)(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium methylsulfate, wherein R1 is an acyclic aliphatic C15-C17 hydrocarbon group, RZ is an ethylene group, RS is a methyl group, R9 is a hydroxyalkyl group and A- is a methylsulfate anion; both of these materials are available from Witco Corporation under the tradenames VARISOFT~ 222 and VARISOFT~ 110, respectively. An example of a compound of structural formula (xiii) is dimethylstearylbenzylamrnonium chloride, wherein R4 is an acyclic aliphatic C1g hydrocarbon group, RS is a methyl group and A- is chloride, which is available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARISOFT~ SDC. Examples of compounds of structural formula (xiv) are 1-methyl-1-tallowamidoethyl-2-tallowimidazolinium methylsulfate and 1-methyl-1-(hydrogenated tallowamidoethyl)-2-(hydrogenated tallow)imidazolinium methylsulfate wherein RI is an acyclic aliphatic C15-C17 hydrocarbon group, RZ is an ethylene group, RS is a methyl group and A- is a chloride anion; available from Witco Corporation under the tradenames VARISOFT~ 475 and VARISOFT~ 445, respectively.
Additional examples of quaternary ammonium compounds useful in the present invention include:
(xvi) compounds having the formula:
O
q oCH 3 R» - N
Ry0 O ZmRi2 wherein Rll is selected from the group consisting of: (a) -CH3, -CHzCH3, -CHZCH20H, or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon groups each of which contains from 12 through 24 carbon atoms, (b) ether groups each of which has the structure:
R~30(CH~O)y-, (c) amide groups each of which has the structure:
R, 4~r- r N
O (CH2)y and (d) ester groups each of which has the structure:
O
O (CH2)y R12 is a straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing from 8 to 32 carbon atoms, R13 is a straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing from 8 to 21 carbon atoms, R14 is a straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing from 7 to 17 carbon atoms, Z is an alkoxy group containing one oxygen atom and either two or three carbon atoms, A-~ is an anion as defined above, m is an integer from 1 through 12, and y is an integer which is either 2 or 3.
Yet additional examples of fabric softening compounds useful in the present invention include:
(xvii) compounds having the formula:
O
R1s RI.c~N~(CHz)~ N ~ ~R1~
(R1~)y H
wherein R~5 is hydrogen or C,-C4 alkyl, R, s R~6 N~(CHZ)n each Ri6 is C1-C4 alkyl or (R18)y , each R,7 is a C8-Cz8 alkyl or alkenyl group, R1$ is hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl, each y is 0 or I, x is 0 or 1, and each n is from 1 to 6;
(xviii) amides represented by the structural formula:
N
R19\
R2o R21 wherein R19 and RZO are selected independently from the group consisting of C,_22 alk(en)yl aryl or alkyl aryl groups, R21 is hydrogen or a C1_22 alk(en)yl, aryl or alkyl-aryl group or is O-RZZ, wherein RZZ is a Cl.z2 alk(en)yl, aryl or alkyl-aryl group, and R21 and R2~
optionally contain I to 10 alkylene oxide units or functional groups selected from hydroxy, amine, amide, ester, and ether groups; the aryl groups being possibly derived from heterocyclic compounds; at least one of the R19 and RZO groups contains 10 or more carbon atoms; and where the sum of carbon atoms in RI9+RZO+R21 is equal to or greater than 14.
Preferably, the sum of carbon atoms in R,9+R2o is equal to or greater than 16.
Examples of compounds of structural formula (xviii) include N,N ditallow acetamide, N,N
dicoconut acetamide, N,N dioctadecyl propanamide, N dodecyl-N octadecyl acetamide, N
hexadecyl-N
dodecyl butanamide, N,N ditallow benzamide, N,N dicoconut benzamide, and N,N
ditallow 2-phenyl acetamide.
Additional fabric softening compounds useful in the present invention include all ester quaternaries, including but not limited to:
(xix) compounds of the following structural formulas:
AO
R21 AOI k2 ~ N+ AI k? 1 R21 1-a and R21 O O-CH~CH2~ ~ Q21 AO
R21 ~~CH2 wherein each RZ, is independently a saturated or unsaturated alkyl or alkylene radical containing 12 to 22 carbon atoms; each Q2' is independently an alkyl group containing 1 to 4 carbon atoms, benzyl, -CHzCH20H, -CHZCH(OH)CH3, or R2~-C(O)-(O-(Alk2~)),-4-;
each Alkz~ is independently C2H4, C3H6 or C4Hg; and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xx) compounds of the formula:
A22 (cH ~-Xz2 +~;+;) N--~CH2~-N- f D ~i ~ nA0 CCH2~-X22 wherein each A22 is the same or different and each is alkyl containing up to 3 carbon atoms, benzyl, or H-(A1k22-O)i-3-Alk2'- wherein each Alk2'' represents -CHzCH(CH3)-, -CH(CH3)CH2-, or -CHZCHZ-, provided further that one of the Az2 can be hydrogen; D is methyl, ethyl, propyl, -(CHZ),_3C00-, benzyl or hydrogen; i is 0 or 1 and j is 0 or 1, provided that the sum of (i + j) is 1 or 2; each X2~ is a straight or branched saturated or unsaturated aliphatic group containing up to 3 carbon-carbon double bonds and containing 11 to 23 carbon atoms; n is two minus the number of -(CH2),_3C00- substituents present; and A- is an anion as defined above;
(xxi) compounds of the formula:
Rzs-CC(O)O(CHZ)i-slo-~-C(O)NH(CH2)2-s-N(R23a)(R23b)-(CHz)2-s-OC(O)R23A-wherein each Rz3 is independently straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 8 to 22 10 carbon atoms; RZSa is straight or branched alkyl or hydroxyalkyl containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms, benzyl, or -CZH40C(O)Rzb, wherein R26 is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 8 to 22 carbon atoms; R23n is -H, -CH3, -CzHs or benzyl; and A- is an anion as defined above; and (xxii) compounds of the following structural formulas:
AO
A ~ YR2s ~R24)4-rWN'E(CH2)n ~'-R2~ (R24)3-N-CHz-CH
'" and CH2YR25 wherein each R24 is independently straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 0 to 3 hydroxyl groups; each Rz5 is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 10 to 22 carbon atoms and 0 to 3 hydroxyl groups; each Y is -O-C(O)-or -20 C(O)-O-; each m is 1 to 3; each n is from 1 to 8; and A- is an anion as defined above.
Preferred examples of compounds of structural formulas (xxii) include methyl diethanolamine (MDEA) ester quats, triethanolamine (TEA) ester quats, for example, di-(tallow carboxyethyl) hydroxyethyl methylammonium methosulfate, available from Witco Corporation under the tradenarne REWOQUATT"' WE 16, or epichlorohydrin-based ester 25 quats, all of which are used and accepted as fabric softeners worldwide because of their favorable biodegradation profiles, but usually lack the optimum softening performance of other quats.
F. DIOL AND DIOL ALKOXYLATE COUPLING AGENT ADDITIVES
In a preferred embodiment of this invention, fabric softener formulations and 30 other formulations which may be clear (translucent or transparent) and easily dispersed in water can be provided by including an appropriate amount of one or more straight or branched alkyl diols containing 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and/or alkoxylates of such diols with ~-9 up to 40 alkoxy units per diol moiety, wherein the alkoxylate chains are composed of alkoxy units which are ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy or mixtures thereof, and preferably ethoxy or isopropoxy. These diol and diol alkoxylate hydrotropes or coupling agents are added to the formulations to increase the amount of the relatively water-insoluble surfactants that can be S solubilized into the system. In most cases, they do not act as surfactants to lower surface tension but they often allow surfactants in the presence of salts or electrolytes to be added and subsequently dispersed into water at higher concentrations or at lower viscosities of the formulation than is otherwise achieved using only surfactant and water. These coupling agents assist surfactants by increasing the surfactant's solubility in water and its stability in the formulation, especially in the presence of salts, electrolytes and/or pH
agents.
These diols and alkoxylates correspond to structural formula (T) HO-(X-O)x-RT-(O-Y)y-OH (T) wherein each X and each Y is ethylene (that is, -CZH4-), propylene (that is, -C3H6-), or butylene (that is, -C4H8-); x is 0-40; y is 0-40; the sum (x+y) is 0-40; and RT is straight, 1S branched or cyclic alkyl containing 4 to 12 carbon atoms. Preferably, RT
contains 7-12 or even 7-9 carbon atoms.
The alkylene residue RT in structural formula (T) represents a saturated, straight-chain, branched-chain, or cyclic moiety containing 4 to 12 carbon atoms. It is preferred that RT is branched, wherein the term "branched" is intended to encompass structures having one side alkyl chain, more than one side alkyl chain, or one or more side alkyl chains, one or more of which is itself branched. Branched structures include cyclic structures substituted with one or more alkyl groups, the alkyl groups being straight or branched. Examples of suitable RT groups include such groups as -CHZC(CH3)ZCHZ-, -CHZCH(CHZCH2CHZCH3)-, -CHzC(CH3)zCH(CH(CH3)Z)-, -CHZCHZCHZ-, 2S -C(CH3)ZCH2-, -(CHz)6-, -CH2CH(CH3)CHz-,-CHZCH(CHZCH3)CHZCH2CHzCH2-, and -CH(CH2)2CH(CHZ)2 I
In the alkoxylated diols, the number of repeating units in each poly(alkoxy) chain can be up to 40 but it is preferred that each chain contains 1 to 10 repeating alkoxy units or more preferably 1 to S alkoxy units. The preferred alkoxy chains are poly(ethoxy), or are composed of 1 to 2 ethoxy units capped with a chain of 1 to S propoxy units.
Compounds of structural formula (T) defined above are in many instances commercially available. Compounds of structural formula (T) can be prepared in straightforward manner familiar to those of ordinary skill in this art by obtaining or preparing the corresponding 3~
precursor diol of structural formula HO-RT-OH, and then alkoxylating the precursor diol with a stoichiometrically appropriate number of moles of the desired corresponding aIkylene oxide, such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, andlor butylene oxide. In those cases where it is desired to alkoxylate only one of the hydroxyl groups on the precursor diol, in some 5 embodiments the alkoxylation will preferentially occur at only one of the hydroxyl groups, particularly where one of them is a primary hydroxyl and the other is a secondary hydroxyl.
However, in those cases where both hydroxyl groups on the precursor diol might tend to alkoxylate but alkoxylation at only one of the hydroxyl groups is desired, the hydroxyl group at which alkoxylation is desired not to occur can be protected by preliminarily reacting it 10 with a suitable protecting group such as a lower alkyl moiety or an esterifying substituent.
Thereafter, following the alkoxylation, the protecting group is removed in a known manner.
Preferred examples of compounds of the foregoing structural formula (T) include any one, or mixtures, of 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol (TMPD) and/or ethylhexane-1,3-diol, and/or the reaction product of TMPD and/or 2-ethylhexane-1,3-diol 15 with I to 10 moles of ethylene oxide, and preferably with 1 to 5 moles of ethylene oxide, as well as analogs alkoxylated with other C3 or C4 alkyl oxides or mixtures of any of Cz, C3 and/or C4 alkyl oxides. Since the diol which is alkoxylated includes one primary hydroxyl group and one secondary hydroxyl group, the alkoxylation proceeds predominantly at the primary hydroxyl group.
20 The compositions which contain one or more compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) can also contain one or a mixture of compounds of structural formula (E) Rs~'-C(O)O-R$z-(OC(O)Res)o.i (E) wherein RE1 is straight, cyclic or branched alkyl containing 1-15 carbon atoms, and RE1 is substituted with 0 to 3 hydroxyl groups; and wherein R~z is straight, cyclic or branched alkyl 25 containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and REZ is substituted with 0 to 3 hydroxyl groups, and REz can optionally be substituted with a group of the structure -OC(O)-RE3 wherein RE3 is straight, cyclic or branched alkyl containing 1 to 15 carbon atoms and is optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group. Preferred compounds of structural formula (E) include those wherein REZ contains 2 or 3 carbon atoms, for example, glycol and glyceryl derivative, 30 or REZ contains about 8 carbon atoms, for example, derivatives of 2,2,4-trimethylpentanediol or of 2-ethylhexanediol. Preferred compounds of structural formula (E) include 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol monoisobutyrate, hydroxypivalyl hydroxypivalate, and the monoester of TMPD with hydroxypivalic acid.
Formulations can also contain what may be termed aesthetic additives to 35 provide properties such as fragrance, preservative, viscosity control, and color. Such additives are discussed below. The formulations according to the present invention generally exhibit highly satisfactory viscosities, generally as pourable and even sprayable fluids.
G. ADDITIONAL SURFACTANTS
Other suitable non-quaternary compound surfactants, whether anionic, cationic, zwitterionic, nonionic, or amphoteric, may be used in combination with the compounds and formulations of the invention, depending on the application. For example, in a fabric softening application, suitable anionic surfactants may include, without limitation, the alkylbenzene sulfonates, a-olefin sulfonates, and xylene sulfonates available from Witco Corporation under the WITCONATEC~7 trademark. While these surfactants may be unsuitable for personal care applications because they may cause skin and eye irritation, surfactants suitable for personal care applications may be used in other non-personal care applications. For personal care applications, suitable anionic surfactants would include, without limitation, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, any a-olefin sulfonate, ammonium laureth sulfate (2 or 3 moles), sodium laureth sulfate (2 or 3 moles), sodium myristyl sulfate, sodium myristeth sulfate (1-4 moles), ammonium xylene sulfonate, sodium xylene sulfonate, TEA dodecylbenzene sulfonate, TEA lauryl sulfate, ammonium pareth sulfate, sodium pareth sulfate, sodium oleth sulfate, derivatives of any of the forgoing, and similar compounds known to those of skill in the art, and mixtures thereof.
For personal care applications, suitable amphoteric surfactants or non-ionic surfactants include betaines, sulfosuccinates, mono- and diglycerides, glycinates, sugars and derivatives thereof, hydroxysultaines, mono- and diacetates, ethoxylated derivatives of any of the forgoing, and similar compounds known to those of skill in the art, and mixtures thereof.
Other surfactants that may be added to these systems include, but are not limited to, alkanolamides, many of which are available from Witco Corporation under the WITCAMIDE~ tradename. In addition, various amine oxides, several of which are available from Witco Corporation under the VAROX~ tradename, may be used in these systems.
H. PERSONAL CARE EMOLLIENTS AND EMULSIFIERS
Emollients and emulsifiers are also typically used in personal care formulations in combination with the polyester amine compounds and polyquaternary compounds of the invention, depending on the application. The preferred embodiment of this invention may also be used in emulsions that can be used as skin or hair conditioners which can take the form of lotions, creams, leave-on products, and rinse-off products. These systems may also include additional products that may improve the feel and conditioning, or the emolliency of skin and hair. Some of these products are available from Witco 3~.
Corporation under the KEMSTRENE~, WITCONOLT"', STARFOL~; and KEMESTER~
tradenames. Such emulsions usually include emulsifiers to form and preserve the emulsion.
I. OTHER ADDITIVES
Other additives and adjuvants can be optionally added to the compounds and formulations of the present invention for their known purposes. Such additives and adjuvants include, but are not limited to, perfumes, preservatives including bacteriocides and fungicides, insect and moth repelling agents, polymeric soil release agents, antistatic agents, dyes and colorants, especially bluing agents, viscosity control agents, antioxidants, silicones, defoaming agents, antifoarning agents, emulsifiers, brighteners, opacifiers, freeze-thaw control agents, shrinkage control agents, aloe, humectants, skin protectants, feel modifiers, waxes, glycerine, vitamins and extracts, and mixtures thereof. The identity and amounts of the additives and adjuvants used would depend on the application of the formulation and its desired properties. The additives and adjuvants are well-known to those of skill in the art and the additives and adjuvants listed below are not meant to be an exhaustive list but merely a guide to the types of additives that would typically be used.
I. Perfumes As noted above, perfumes or fragrance materials may be added to the compositions and formulations of the present invention. The selection of the perfume or perfumes is based upon the application, the desired effect on the consumer, and preferences of the formulator. Such perfume is preferably present at a level of from about 0.01 % to about 5 % , preferably from about 0.05 % to about 3 % , more preferably from about 0.1 % to about 2%, by weight of the total composition. Preferably, the perfume is composed of fragrance materials selected from the group consisting of aromatic and aliphatic esters having molecular weights from about 130 to about 250; aliphatic and aromatic alcohols having molecular weights from about 90 to about 240; aliphatic ketones having molecular weights from about 150 to about 260; aromatic ketones having molecular weights from about 150 to about 270; aromatic and aliphatic lactones having molecular weights from about 130 to about 290; aliphatic aldehydes having molecular weights from about 140 to about 200;
aromatic aldehydes having molecular weights from about 90 to about 230; aliphatic and aromatic ethers having molecular weights from about 150 to about 270; and condensation products of aldehydes and amines having molecular weights from about 180 to about 320; and mixtures thereof. The selection of such perfumes and fragrance materials are well-known to those of skill in the art, both for desired scent and appropriate scent impact.
2. Preservatives Optionally, solubilized, water-soluble preservatives can be added to the present invention. Preservatives are especially preferred when organic compounds that are subject to microorganisms are added to the compositions of the present invention, especially when they are used in aqueous compositions. When such compounds are present, long term 5 and even short term storage stability of the compositions and formulations becomes an important issue since contamination by certain microorganisms with subsequent microbial growth often results in an unsightly and/or malodorous solution. Therefore, it is preferable to include a solubilized water-soluble, antimicrobial preservative, which is effective for inhibiting and/or regulating microbial growth in order to increase storage stability of the 10 preferably clear and often aqueous compositions and formulations of the present invention. It is preferable to use a broad spectrum preservative, for example, one that is effective on both bacteria and fungi. A limited spectrum preservative, for example, one that is only effective on a single group of microorganisms, for example, fungi, can be used in combination with a broad spectrum preservative or other limited spectrum preservatives with complimentary 15 and/or supplementary activity. Antimicrobial preservatives useful in the present invention can be biocidal or biostatic compounds. If the antimicrobial preservative is included in the compositions and formulations of the present invention, it is preferably present in an effective amount, wherein an "effective amount" means a level sufficient to prevent spoilage or prevent growth of inadvertently added microorganisms for a specific period of time.
20 Preferred levels of preservative are from about 0.0001 % to about 0.5 % , more preferably from about 0.0002 % to about 0.2 %, most preferably from about 0.0003 % to about 0.1 % , by weight of the composition. Bacteriostatic effects can sometimes be obtained for aqueous compositions by adjusting the composition pH to an acid pH, for example, less than about pH
4, preferably less than about pH 3. Low pH for microbial control is not a preferred 25 approach in the present invention because the low pH can cause chemical degradation of the cyclodextrins. Therefore, aqueous compositions of the present invention should have a pH
greater than about 3.0, preferably greater than about 4.0, more preferably greater than about 4.5. As stated above, it is preferable to use the preservative at an effective amount, as defined hereinabove. Optionally, however, the preservative can be used at a level which 30 provides an antimicrobial effect on the treated fabrics.
3. Antistatic Agents The composition of the present invention can optionally contain an effective amount of antistatic agent to provide the treated clothes with in-wear static.
Preferred antistatic agents are those that are water soluble in at least effective amount, such that the 35 composition remains a clear solution. An example of these antistatic agents is ethyl bis(polyethoxyethanol) alkylammonium ethylsulfate (available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARIQUAT~ 66). It is preferred that a. no foaming, or low foaming, agent is used, to avoid foam formation during fabric treatment. It is also preferred that polyethoxylated agents such as polyethylene glycol or VARIQUAT~ 66 are not used when a-cyclodextrin is used. When an antistatic agent is used it is typically present at a level of from about 0.05% to about LO%, preferably from about 0.1 % to about 5%, more preferably from about 0.3 % to about 3 %, by weight of the composition.
4. Dyes and Colorants Colorants and dyes, especially bluing agents, can be optionally added to the compositions of the present invention for visual appeal and performance impression. When colorants are used, they are used at extremely low levels to avoid fabric staining. Preferred colorants for use in the present compositions are highly water-soluble dyes, for example, LIQUITINT~ dyes available from Milliken Chemical Company.
S. Insect and Moth Repelling Agents The composition of the present invention can optionally contain an effective amount of insect or moth repelling agents. Typical insect and moth repelling agents are pheromones, such as anti-aggregation pheromones, and other natural and/or synthetic ingredients. When an insect and/or moth repellent is used it is typically present at a level of from about 0.005 wt. % to about 3 wt. % of the composition.
6. Polymeric Soil Release Agents Soil release agents, usually polymers, are especially desirable additives at levels of from about 0.05 wt. % to about S wt. %, preferably from about 0.1 wt. % to about 4 wt. % , more preferably from about 0.2 wt. % to about 3 wt. % . Suitable soil release agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,702,857; 4,711,730; 4,713,194; 4,877,896;
4,956,447;
and 4,749,596. Especially desirable optional ingredients are polymeric soil release agents comprising block copolymers of polyalkylene terephthalate and polyoxyethylene terephthalate, and block copolymers of polyalkylene terephthalate and polyethylene glycol.
The polymeric soil release agents useful in the present invention can include anionic and cationic polymeric soil release agents. Suitable anionic polymeric or oligomeric soil release agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,018,569. Other suitable polymers are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,808,086. Suitable cationic soil release polymers are described in U.S.
Patent No. 4,956,447.
7. Viscosity Control Agents Viscosity control agents can be organic or inorganic in nature and may either lower or raise the viscosity of the formulation. Examples of organic viscosity modifiers (lowering) are aryl carboxylates and sulfonates (for example, benzoate, 2-hydroxybenzoate, 2-aminobenzoate, benzenesulfonate, 2-hydroxybenzenesulfonate, 2-aminobenzenesulfonate, etc.), fatty acids and esters, fatty alcohols, and water-miscible solvents such as short chain alcohols. Examples of inorganic viscosity control agents are water-soluble ionizable salts. A
wide variety of ionizable salts can be used. Examples of suitable salts are the halides and acetates of ammonium ion and the group IA and IIA metals of the Periodic Table of the Elements. The amount of ionizable salts used depends on the amount of active ingredients used in the compositions and can be adjusted according to the desire of the formulator.
Typical levels of salts used to control the composition viscosity are from 0 to about 10 wt. %, 10 preferably from about 0.01 wt. % to about 6 wt. % , and most preferably from about 0.02 wt. % to about 3 wt. % of the composition.
Viscosity modifiers (raising) or thickening agents can be added to increase the ability of the compositions to stably suspend water-insoluble articles, for example, perfume microcapsules. These viscosity raisers (thickeners) are typically used at levels from 15 about 0.5 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , preferably from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. % , more preferably from about 1.5 wt. % to about 3.5 wt. % , and most preferably from about 2 wt.
to about 3 wt. % , of the composition.
8. Pearlizing and Opacifying Agents Examples of pearlizing or opacifying agents that can be added to the 20 compositions of this invention include, but are not restricted to, glycol distearate, propylene glycol distearate, and glycol stearate. Some of these products are available from Witco Corporation under the KEMESTER~ tradename.
9. Vitamins and Extracts In personal care applications, vitamins and extracts are often used in the 25 formulations thereof.
10. Antioxidants Examples of antioxidants that can be added to the compositions of this invention are propyl gallate, available from Eastman Chemical Products, Inc.
under the tradenames TENOX~ PG and TENOX~ S-1, and dibutylated hydroxytoluene, available 30 from UOP Inc. under the tradename SUSTANE~ BHT.
Il. Silicones The present compositions can contain silicones to provide additional benefits, for example, in a fabric application they may provide ease of ironing and improved fabric absorbency. As used herein, the term "silicones" comprises cationic and amphoteric 35 silicones, polysiloxanes, and polysiloxanes having hydrogen-bonding functional groups consisting of amino, carboxyl, hydroxyl, ether, polyether, aldehyde, ketone, amide, ester, and thiol groups. Such polysiloxanes include, but are not limited to, polyether-modified polysiloxanes, amino-modified polysiloxanes, epoxy-modified polysiloxanes, polyhydrido-modified polysiloxanes, phenol-derivative-modified polysiloxanes, ABA-type polysiloxanes, S [AB]N-type polysiloxanes, amino [AB]N-type polysiloxanes, including those available from OSi Specialties, Inc. (a division of Witco Corporation), under the SILWET~, NUWET~, NUDRYT"', NUSOFTT"', MAGNASOFT~ tradenames. Suitable silicones may include polydimethylsiloxanes of viscosity of from about 100 centistokes (cs) to about 100,000 cs, preferably from about 200 cs to about 60,000 cs and/or silicone gums. These silicones can be used in emulsified form, which can be conveniently obtained directly from the suppliers.
Examples of these preemulsified silicones are the 60% emulsion of polydimethylsiloxane (350 cs) sold by Dow Corning Corporation under the tradename DOW CORNING~ 1157 Fluid and the 50% emulsion of polydimethylsiloxane {10,000 cs) sold by General Electric Company under the tradename GENERAL ELECTRIC~ SM 2140 silicones. The optional silicone component can be used in an amount of from about 0.1 wt. % to about 6 wt. % of the composition.
Silicone foam suppressants can also be used. These are usually not emulsified and typically have viscosities of from about 100 cs to about 10,000 cs, preferably from about 200 cs to about 5,000 cs. Very low levels are used, typically from about 0.01 %
to about 1 % , preferably from about 0.02 % to about 0.5 % . Another preferred foam suppressant is a silicone/silicate mixture, for example, Dow Corning's ANTIFOAMT"' A.
The pH { 10 % solution) of the compositions of this invention is generally adjusted to be in the range of from about 2 to about 7, preferably from about 2.4 to about 6.5, more preferably from about 2.6 to about 4. Adjustment of pH is normally carried out by including a small quantity of free acid in the formulation. Because no strong pH buffers are present, only small amaunts of acid are required. Any acidic material can be used; its selection can be made by anyone skilled in the softener arts on the basis of cost, availability, safety, etc. Among the acids that can be used are methyl sulfonic, hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, citric, malefic, and succinic. For the purposes of this invention, pH is measured by a glass electrode in a 10% solution in water of the softening composition in comparison with a standard calomel reference electrode.
12. Lubrication and Slip Additives Compositions and formulations of the present invention can contain additives such as water, insoluble organics such as fatty acids, fatty esters, triglycerides, oils, alcohols, 3~
fatty alcohols, fatty amines and derivatives, amides, hydrocarbons, mineral oils, waxes, and the like, and mixtures thereof, as lubrication and slip agents.
13. Dye Transfer Inhibitors Compositions and formulations of the present invention can contain 5 ethoxylated amines, amphoterics, betaines, polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, and other ingredients that inhibit dye transfer.
14. Papermaking and Tissuemaking Additives Paper and tissue softening or debonding compositions of the present invention would typically contain other chemicals commonly used in papermaking or tissuemaking, or to the paper or tissue furnish so long as they do not significantly and adversely affect the softening, absorbency of the fibrous material, and softness enhancing actions of the amine and quaternary ammonium softening compounds of the present invention.
A. Wettine Aeents The present invention may contain as an optional ingredient from about 15 0.005 % to about 3.0 % , more preferably from about 0.03 % to 1.0 % by weight, on a dry fiber basis of a wetting agent. Such wetting agents may be selected from polyhydroxy compounds, nonionic surfactants such as alkoxylated compounds and linear alkoxylated alcohols. Examples of water soluble polyhydroxy compounds that can be used as wetting agents in the present invention include glycerol, polyglycerols having a weight-average 20 molecular weight of from about 150 to about 800, and polyoxyethylene glycols and polyoxypropylene glycols having a weight-average molecular weight of from about 200 to about 4000, preferably from about 200 to about 1000, most preferably from about 200 to about 6U0. Polyoxyethylene glycols having an weight-average molecular weight of from about 200 to about 600 are especially preferred. Mixtures of the above-described 25 polyhydroxy compounds may also be used. A particularly preferred polyhydroxy compound is polyoxyethylene glycol having an weight average molecular weight of about 400, available from Union Carbide Corporation under the tradename PEG-400. Suitable nonionic surfactants can be used as wetting agents in the present invention. These include addition products of alkoxylating agents such as ethylene oxide (EO), propylene oxide (PO), 30 isopropylene oxide (iP0), or butylene oxide (BO), or a mixture thereof, with fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty amines, etc. Any of the alkoxylated materials of the particular type described hereinafter can be used as the nonionic surfactant. Suitable compounds are substantially water-soluble surfactants of the general formula:
Rio-1'-(CZH40)Z-C2HaOH
3g wherein Rlo for both solid and liquid compositions is selected from the group consisting of primary, secondary and branched chain alkyl and/or acyl hydrocarbyl groups;
primary, secondary and branched chain alkenyl hydrocarbyl groups; and primary, secondary and branched chain alkyl- and alkenyl-substituted phenolic hydrocarbyl groups; the hydrocarbyl 5 groups having a hydrocarbyl chain length of from about 8 to about 20, preferably from about to about 18 carbon atoms. More preferably the hydrocarbyl chain length for liquid compositions is from about 16 to about 18 carbon atoms and for solid compositions from about 10 to about 14 carbon atoms. In the general formula for the ethoxylated nonionic surfactants herein, Y is typically -O-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)N(R,1)-, or -C(O)N(Rll)Rll-, in which 10 Rlo, and Rl,, when present, have the meanings given hereinbefore, and/or Rl, can be hydrogen, and z is at least about 8, preferably at least about 10-11.
Performance and, usually, stability of the softener composition decrease when fewer ethoxylate groups are present.
Examples of nonionic surfactants according to the above formula follow, wherein the integer in parenthesis identifies the number of EO groups in the molecule. In particular, the deco-, under-, dodder-, terraced-, and pentadecaethoxylates of n-hexadecanol and n-octadecanol are useful wetting agents in the context of this invention.
Exemplary ethoxylated primary alcohols useful herein as the viscosity/dispersibility modifiers of the compositions are n-octadecanol EO(10); and n-decanol EO(11). The ethoxylates of mixed 20 natural or synthetic alcohols in the "oleyl" chain length range are also useful herein. Specific examples of such materials include oleyl alcohol EO(11), oleyl alcohol EO(18), and oleyl alcohol EO(25). In addition, the deco-, undeca-, dodeca-, tetradeca-, pentadeca-, octadeca-, and nonadecaethoxylates of 3-hexadecanol, 2-octadecanol, 4-eicosanol, and 5-eicosanol can be used as wetting agents in the present invention. As in the case of the alcohol alkoxylates, 25 the hexa- through octadecaethoxylates of alkylated phenols, particularly monohydric alkylphenols, are useful as the viscosity/dispersibility modifiers of the instant compositions.
In particular, the hexa- through octadeca-ethoxylates of p-tridecylphenol, m-pentadecylphenol, and the like, are useful herein. Exemplary ethoxylated alkylphenols useful as the wetting agents of the mixtures herein are: p-tridecylphenol EO(11) and p-30 pentadecylphenol EO(18). As used herein and as generally recognized in the art, a phenylene group in the nonionic formula is the equivalent of an alkylene group containing from 2 to 4 carbon atoms. It should also be noted that the alkenyl alcohols, both primary and secondary, and alkenyl phenols corresponding to those disclosed immediately hereinabove can be ethoxylated and used as wetting agents in the present invention.
Furthermore, WO 00/21918 PC'T/US98/21683 branched-chain primary and secondary alcohols, usually synthesized using the well-known Oxo Process, can be ethoxylated and can be used as wetting agents in the present invention.
The above ethoxylated nonionic surfactants are useful in the present compositions alone or in combination, and the term "nonionic surfactant"
encompasses mixed nonionic surface active agents. The level of surfactant, if used, is preferably from about 0.01 % to about 2.0% by weight, based on the dry fiber weight of the tissue paper.
The surfactants preferably have alkyl chains with eight or more carbon atoms.
Exemplary anionic surfactants are linear alkyl sulfonates and alkylbenzene sulfonates.
Exemplary nonionic surfactants are alkylglycosides including alkylglycoside esters, alkylglycoside ethers, and aikylpolyethoxylated esters.
B. r ngt_h_ Additives Other types of chemicals which may be added, include the strength additives to increase the dry tensile strength and the wet burst of the tissue webs. The present invention may contain as an optional component from about 0.01 wt. % to about 3.0 wt. % , more preferably from about 0.3 wt. % to about 1.5 wt. % , on a dry fiber weight basis, of a water-soluble strength additive resin. Such water-soluble strength additive resins may include dry strength additives, permanent wet strength resins, temporary wet strength resins, or a compatible mixture thereof.
As used herein, the term "permanent wet strength resin" refers to a resin which allows the paper sheet, when placed in an aqueous medium, to keep a majority of its initial wet strength for a period of time greater than at least two minutes.
Permanent wet strength resins useful herein can be of several types. Generally, those resins which have previously found and which will hereafter find utility in the papermaking art are useful herein. Numerous examples are described by Westfelt in Cellulose Chemistry and Technology, Volume 13, at pages 813-825 (1979). Usually, the wet strength resins are water-soluble, cationic materials. That is to say, the resins are water-soluble at the time they are added to the papermaking furnish. It is quite possible, and even to be expected, that subsequent events such as cross-linking will render the resins insoluble in water. Further, some resins are soluble only under specific conditions, such as over a limited pH range. Wet strength resins are generally believed to undergo a cross-linking or other curing reactions after they have been deposited on, within, or among the papermaking fibers.
However, such cross-linking or curing does not normally occur so long as substantial amounts of water are present. Of particular utility are the various polyamide-epichlorohydrin resins. These materials are low molecular weight polymers provided with reactive functional groups such as amino, epoxy, and azetidinium groups. These materials are available from the Monsanto Company under the tradename SANTO-REST"', such as SANTO-REST"' 31. Other water-soluble cationic resins useful herein are the polyacrylamide resins. Other types of water-soluble resins useful in the present invention include acrylic emulsions and anionic styrene-butadiene latexes. Still other water-soluble cationic resins finding utility in this invention are 5 the urea formaldehyde and melamine formaldehyde resins. These polyfunctional, reactive polymers have molecular weights on the order of a few thousand. The more common functional groups include nitrogen containing groups such as amino groups and methylol groups attached to nitrogen. Although less preferred, polyethylenimine-type resins fmd utility in the present invention. More complete descriptions of the aforementioned water-10 soluble resins, including their manufacture, can be found in TAPPI
Monograph Series No.
29, Wet Strength In Paper and Paperboard, Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (New York: 1965).
The above-mentioned permanent wet strength additives are those that produce paper products with permanent wet strength, that is, paper which when placed in an aqueous 15 medium retains a substantial portion of its initial wet strength over time.
However, permanent wet strength in some types of paper products can be an unnecessary and undesirable property. Paper products such as toilet tissues, etc., are generally disposed of after brief periods of use into septic systems and the like. Clogging of these systems can result if the paper product permanently retains its hydrolysis-resistant strength properties.
20 Thus, manufacturers use temporary wet strength additives to paper products for which wet strength is sufficient for the intended use, but which then decays upon soaking in water.
Decay of the wet strength facilitates flow of the paper product through septic systems.
Examples of suitable temporary wet strength resins include modified starch temporary wet strength agents, such as that available from the National Starch and Chemical Corporation 25 under the tradename NATIONAL STARCHT'" 78-0080. This type of wet strength agent can be made by reacting dimethoxyethyl-N methyl-chloroacetamide with cationic starch polymers. Modified starch temporary wet strength agents are also described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,675,394 and 4,981,557.
C. Other Additives 30 Other suitable additives may be used in paper and tissuemaking applications, depending on the application. For example, glycerin may also be used in the composition and formulations thereof. If used, the amount of glycerin in the aqueous softening composition can be from about 0.1 wt. % to about 98 wt. % , more preferably from about 60 to about 80 wt. % , and still more preferably from about 40 to about 60 wt. %
, of the 35 composition. In addition, the compositions and formulations of the instant invention can contain glycols, such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, instead of or in addition to glycerin in such formulations.
Other optional ingredients include aloe, humectants, skin protectants, and feel modifiers. Suitable humectants include lactic acid and its salts, sugars, ethoxylated glycerin, ethoxylated lanolin, corn syrup, hydrolyzed starch hydrolysate, urea, and sorbitol. Suitable skin protectants include allantoin, kaolin, and zinc oxide. Suitable feel modifiers include corn starch, oat flour, talc, boron nitride, and cyclodextrin.
J. EXAMPLES
The following examples are but a few examples of more particular formulations embodying the compositions of the present invention. The following examples are provided for purposes of further description of the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of that which is regarded as the invention.
Basic Fabric Softener Formulations Hexamethylenediamine was reacted with 4 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of HMDA. The HMDA ethoxylate was esterified in two different runs with a mixture of C~4-C18 fatty acids (2 moles of fatty acid per mole of ethoxylate) following which the HMDA
ethoxylated ester was quaternized with 2 moles of DMS per mole of HMDA. In Run (1-A) the fatty acids were a commercial mixture of tallow fatty acids and in Run (1-B) the fatty acids were obtained from canola oil.
This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) in conventional solvent systems. A product was made by thoroughly blending the quaternary and solvent, then blending in the fragrance and then the water.
The components and the amounts thereof were:
Component Amount (wt. %) Product of Run 1-B (85 wt. % in isopropanol) 23.5 Solvent (hexylene glycol) 18-20 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 The resulting formulations had a cloud point of 45°C, a melting point above 10°C, and a Gardner color of above 0.5. The quaternary product of Run 1-B exhibits little ~2 or no gelation upon addition to water. The above formulation was repeated except using a 50:50 (wt.) mixture of products prepared in accordance with Runs 1-A and 1-B.
The resulting formulation has a cloud point of 50-55°C and exhibits satisfactory properties.
This example illustrates that clear formulations can be made which contain a conventional quaternary ammonium fabric softener compound together with one or a mixture of compounds of structural formula (1) as defined herein. This discovery is particularly unexpected in that many conventional quaternary ammonium fabric softener actives, such as the di(Cg-C22 alkyl/alkenyl) di(C,-C4 alkyl) quaternary ammonium compounds, like the one 10 employed in this example, cannot readily be formulated into a clear composition in an acceptable amount using existing solvent systems or solvent/coupling agent systems.
The composition of Example 3 was made using the procedure used in Example 2. The components and the amounts thereof were:
Component Amount (wt. % ) Product of Run 1-B, 85 wt. % in isopropanol14.1 Ditallow dimethyl ammonium chloride (available10.7 from Witco Corporation as ADOGEN~ 470), 75 wt. %
in isopropanol Hexylene glycol 24.0 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 15 The resulting product has a cloud point of 45-50°C, and a melting point of 27°C. Its color is less than 0.5 Gardner.
EXAMPLES 4 and 5 Additional formulations employing another solvent system include Example 4 and Example 5, both made by the procedure disclosed in Example 2.
Component Amount (wt. % ) Product of Run 1-B 23.5 TMPD 7.5 Hexylene glycol 7.5 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 ~3 Component Amount (wt. % ) Product of Run 1-A 11.8 Product of Run 1-B 11.8 TMPD 7.5 Hexylene glycol 7.5 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 As noted above, fabric softening actives, such as amines and ammonium derivatives, are often rendered ineffective by reaction with the anionic detergent compounds present in the wash water. Although this is most obviously a problem if both detergent and 5 softener compounds are added together in a wash cycle, even if the fabric softener is added during a rinse cycle (as is typically done), residual detergent compounds present in the fabric interferes with the softener.
More generally, exemplary formulation guidelines for fabric softener compositions which include polyester polyquaternary compounds conforming to structural formula (1), include Examples 6 and 7. As noted above, when a clear formulation is desired, the use of an unsaturated fatty acid is preferred to make the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) or at least a portion of the compound of structural formula ( 1 ) used in the formulation. If a clear formulation is desired, the I.V. of the fatty acid used to make the compound of 15 structural formula ( 1 ) ranges from about 30 to about 140, more preferably the I . V . ranges from about 80 to about 120, most preferably the I. V . ranges from about 90 to about 110.
Examples of some fatty acids that would be preferred may be derived from the following fats and oils: tallow, fish oils, canola (including fatty acids derived from partially hydrogenated canola), palm, wheat germ, rapeseed, olive, corn, neem, peanut, safflower, sesame seed, 20 soybean, sunflower seed, and cocoa butter.
Clear Polyester Polyquaternary in Conventional Solvents) Component Amount (wt. %) Compound of structural formula ( 1 ) 15-20 Solvents) (for example, isopropanol, hexylene20-30 glycol) Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 Clear Polyester Polyquaternary with Coupling Agent Component Amount (wt. % ) Compound of structural formula ( 1 ) 15-25 Coupling agents) (for example, diol or 10-15 alkoxylate of structural formula (T) and/or hydroxyester of structural formula (E)) Acid (for example, HCl) to pH 2.5-4 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 As disclosed above, the compounds of structural formula ( 1 ) may be used either alone or in combination with other compounds. Such compounds may include conventional quats such as those set forth herein above (see E. ADDITIONAL
QUATERNARY AMMONIUM COMPOUNDS). Indeed, some of these formulations provide advantageous formulations providing and synergistic or unexpected properties. For example, as explained above, detergent compounds are generally anionic surfactants and naturally tend to complex with or even precipitate out of solution when cationic softening ingredients are present in the same aqueous solution. This complexation or precipitation reaction interferes with the performance of both the detergent compounds and the softening compounds and is therefore undesirable. Detergents and softeners are therefore generally not added simultaneously in laundry operations to avoid this undesirable complexation or precipitation reaction; however, as North American washing machines typically rinse the clothes only once before fabric softener is added to the washload, even if the fabric softener is added during a rinse cycle (as is typically done), residual anionic detergent compounds present in the fabric complexes with the cationic softener compounds, often rendering about 15% to 30% or more of the softener inactive. It has been found that certain conventional quats, particularly the ester quats of structural formula (xxii), in combination with compounds of structural formula {1) provide an advantageous fabric softening formulation with surprising resistance to complexation with anionic surfactants.
~s High Solids HMDA Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 2.5 moles tallow fatty10 acid + 2 moles DMS
Tallow-based TEA ester quat (DMS-based 15 quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives High Solids BHMT Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) BHMT + 4 moles EO + 3 moles tallow fatty 10 acid + 3 moles DMS
Tallow-based TEA ester quat (DMS-based 15 quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives High Solids BHMT Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 2.5 moles tallow fatty5 acid + 3 moles DMS
Tallow-based MDEA ester quat (DMS-based 20 quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives High Solids BHMT Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 3.5 moles tallow fatty5 acid + 3 moles DMS
Ditallow ester of 3-(dimethylamino)-1,2-propanediol10 (methyl chloride-based quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives Low Solids HMDA Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 2 moles tallow fatty 2.5 acid + 2 moles DMS
Tallow-based TEA ester quat (DMS-based 5 quat) Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives E~PLE 13 Low Solids BHMT Fabric Softener Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 2.5 moles tallow fatty2 acid + 2 moles DMS
Tallow-based MDEA ester chloride quat 5 Fragrance, preservative, dye, and other as needed, to 100 additives There are many unexpected benefits of the above formulations. Most importantly, there is improved softening performance of the formulation over an equivalent amount of dialkyl ester quat formulation absent compounds of structural formula (1). In addition, however, the formulations above disperse readily into water, even cold water, without a viscosity increase as with conventional quats, and provide a finer final particle size when so dispersed, for example, at 100 ppm concentration. Moreover, the formulations have improved fluidity and viscosity, even in high solids formulations, over conventional non-blended formulations, exhibit reduced staining, and provide high color and odor stability. It should also be noted that certain of the formulations may be made clear, the provide clear compositions more readily (that is, over a greater concentration range with lower solvent concentrations) when the fatty acid levels of the polyester quat component is lower, for example, 3 or fewer moles of fatty acid per mole of BHMT, while it is difficult to obtain clear formulations with higher fatty acid levels of the polyester quat component, 3.5 or greater moles of fatty acid per mole of BHMT, even at low concentrations.
This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to the present invention that are formulated into a microemulsion. As noted above, such formulations generally include three components: (a) compound of structural formula (1), (b) a solvatrope or coupling agent and blends thereof, and (c) an oil or hydrophobic organic component and blends thereof, which are blended in water. Suitable solvatropes or coupling agents may be selected from the diols and alkoxylates corresponding to structural formulas (T) or (E), TMPD, TMPD alkoxylates, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, 1,2-cyclohexanedimethanol (1,2-CHDM), 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol (1,4-CHDM), HPHP glycol, isopentyldiol, 1,2-hexanediol, ethylene glycol butyl ether, hexylene glycol, 2-butoxyethanol (sold by Union Carbide under the tradename butyl CELLOSOLVE~), C6-C12 diols/triols and ester diols/triols, glycol ethers, and the like. Oils and hydrophobic organic components may be selected from the fatty C8-C22 methyl esters, such as methyl oleate, mineral seal oils, silicone oils, fatty acids, monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides, dialkyl esters, and the like, depending on the application. The methyl esters are the preferred oil based on performance and biodegradability, although mineral seat oil is preferred in car drying aid applications.
An example of such a microemulsion is the following formulation.
Microemulsion Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 2 moles tallow fatty 15 acid + 2 moles DMS
Isopropanol 2.6 TMPD/CHDM (80%/20%) 11.7 Methyl oleate 18.0 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as emulsifiers, for example, for agricultural emulsifiers or asphalt emulsifiers. In a typical formulation, HMDA is ethoxylated using 4 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of HMDA. The resulting HMDA ethoxylate is esterified with 1.5 to 2 moles of tallow fatty acid per mole of HMDA and the resulting HMDA ethoxylated ester is quaternized with 2 moles of DMS. The HMDA ethoxylated ester quat therefore contains only 1.5 to 2 ester groups per HMDA molecule. This HMDA compound is therefore less hydrophobic than many of the other examples of compounds according to structural formula ( 1 ) given in other Examples for other applications. Thus, this compound is useful as an emulsifier for organic compounds, for example, when formulated with pesticides, other surfactants and dispersants, and water, the resulting formulation would make a useful agricultural pesticide spray, the HMDA ethoxylated ester quat encouraging the organic components to remain dispersed in the water, allowing efficient transfer and coverage in treating plants. Examples 16 to 18 provide farther examples of this use of the compounds of structural formula (1) and fotmtulations thereof. As can be appreciated, for these applications the polyquaternary compound is prepared having only about 1 to about 2 ester groups per molecule to ensure that the molecule as a whole is less hydrophobic than those that would typically be used in other applications.
This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as a herbicide emulsion agent. A compound according to structural formula (1), for example, HMDA + 12 moles EO + 1.2 moles canola fatty acid, or mixture thereof is added to a solvent or solvent mixture and water and a herbicide is incorporated therein and an emulsion formed. The amount of the polyquaternary compound is generally from about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % , preferably from about 10 wt. % to about 40 wt. % , most preferably from about 15 wt. % to about 30 wt. % , of the herbicide concentrate composition. A typical formulation might be:
Herbicide Concentrate Emulsion Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 12 moles EO + 1.2 moles canola 20.0 fatty acid Propylene glycol 4.0 Water 2.0 Clo-C1, alcohol + 9 moles EO 3.0 Glufosinate herbicide 71.0 This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as a pesticide emulsion agent formulation. Unlike Example 16, Example 17 does not incorporate the pesticide itself, instead an appropriate amount of pesticide must be added to the pesticide emulsion agent formulation to make a pesticide emulsion concentrate, which is diluted with water by the user and applied in the dilute form. In general, only 10-30 wt. % of the pesticide emulsion agent formulation is used to in the pesticide emulsion concentrate, that is, there is 70-90 wt. % pesticide in the pesticide emulsion concentrate, which is the form it will generally be commercialized.
The final customer will then dilute the pesticide emulsion concentrate (pesticidelemulsifier package) into water for actual application of pesticide.
In such a pesticide emulsion agent formulation, a compound according to structural formula (1), for example, BHMT + 15 moles EO + 1.2 motes canola fatty acid, or mixture thereof is added to a solvent or solvent mixture and water and a pesticide is incorporated therein and an emulsion formed. The amount of the polyquaternary compound is generally from about 20 wt. % to about 70 wt. %, preferably from about 15 wt. % to about 50 wt. %, most preferably from about 20 wt. % to about 40 wt. % , of the pesticide emulsion agent composition. A typical emulsion agent formulation might be:
Pesticide Emulsion Agent Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) BHMT + 15 moles EO + 1.2 moles canola 40.0 fatty acid Phosphate ester 6.0 Water 2.0 C,o-C1~ alcohol + EO/PO block copolymer 52.0 As noted above, the compounds of structural formula (1) may also be used as an asphalt emulsifier as an additive for asphalt. As with the previous emulsifier formulations, the compound of structural formula (1) is prepared having only about 1 to about 2 ester groups per molecule to ensure that the molecule as a whole is less hydrophobic than those that would typically be employed in other applications. If the resulting compound is not quaternized or quaternized to a limited extent, for example, only 1 mole of DMS per mole of HMDA, the possible applications in asphalt products are as a cationic rapid set (CRS) emulsion for chip seal, as a cationic medium set (CMS) for mixing grade applications, in a slurry seal or microsurfacing application, or in a roofing and driveway sealer. The amount of the compound of structural formula (1) in such an application would likely include from about 0.15 wt. % to about 2.0 wt. %, preferably about U.20 wt. % to about 0.75 wt. %, and most preferably about 0.25 wt. % to about 0.65 wt. % , of the asphalt.
Generally the fatty amine should be protonated in order to dissolve in the water. The pH of the emulsifier solution should be less than about 6.5, and may be adjusted with any strong acid to have a pH of between about 1.0 and about 5.0, preferably between about 2.0 to about 4.0, most preferably between about 2.0 and about 3Ø
SO
If the compound is quaternized, for example, with 2 or more moles of DMS
per mole of HMDA, the possible applications in asphalt products are as a cationic slow set emulsion, cationic quick set emulsion, tack coat, fog seal, base stabilization, prime coat, slurry seal, microsurfacing, industrial asphalt emulsion, or filled asphalt emulsion. The amount of the compound of structural formula (1) in such an application would likely include from about 0.1 wt. % to about 8.0 wt. %, preferably about 0.20 wt. % to about 5.0 wt. % , and most preferably about 0.5 wt. % to about 2.0 wt. % , of the asphalt. Generally the fatty amine should be protonated in order to dissolve in the water. The pH of the emulsifier solution should be less than about 7.0, and may be adjusted with any strong acid to have a pH of between about 1.0 and about 5.0, preferably between about 2.0 to about 4.0, most preferably between about 2.0 and about 3Ø
EXAMP ,E 19 This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use in corrosion inhibition, for example, for lubricating oil or oil field use. A
compound according to structural formula (1), for example, HMDA + 4 moles EO +
moles canola fatty acid, or mixture thereof is added to lubricating or other oils as a corrosion inhibitor. The polyamine may be used alone or in combination with a surfactant and/or coupling agent, which may be incorporated with the polyamine in a formulation or applied separately. When used, an effective amount is applied to the oil or oil mixture that will come in contact with the metal. The term "effective amount" denotes the amount of polyamine compound that would be effective to inhibit corrosion. In general, the amount of the polyamine compound ranges from about 0.001 wt. %o to about 5 wt. %, preferably from about 0.01 wt. % to about 1 wt. %, most preferably from about 0.01 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. %, of the oil mixture in which it is used.
This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use in a lubricant and anti-balling agent for silicate muds and other water-based muds, for example, to lubricate drill strings to prevent stuck pipe, bit-balling, or string balling associated with drilling wells. The apparatus for drilling and general lubrication processes in well-known to those of skill in the art, and are disclosed, for example, in U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,586,608; 5,593,954; and 5,639,715. In this lubrication process, a compound according to structural formula (1), for example, BHMT + 5 moles EO + 2.5 moles canola fatty acid, or mixture thereof is added to lubricating or other oils effective to inhibit stuck pipe, bit balling, or string balling. The polyamine may be used alone or in combination with a surfactant and/or coupling agent, for example, propylene glycols or ethoxylated glycols, sr which may be incorporated with the polyamine in a formulation or applied separately. Of particular use are the oilfield products available from Witco Corporation under the tradename WITBREAKT"', such as WITBREAKT"' DPG-484. When used, an effective amount of polyamine is applied to the lubricant mixture as used in the drilling operation. The term "effective amount" denotes the amount of polyamine compound that would be effective to inhibit stuck pipe, bit balling, or string balling. In general, the amount of the polyamine compound ranges from about 0.001 wt. % to about 5 wt. % , preferably from about 0.01 wt. %
to about 2 wt. % , most preferably from about 0.05 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. %, of the lubricating mixture in which it is used. If used in a formulation, a typical formulation might be:
Lubricant and Anti-Balling Agent Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 2.5 moles canola fatty50 acid Surfactant or coupling agent 50 This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as a mineral and coal dewatering agent, for example, for removal of water by means of a filtration dewatering apparatus known to those of skill in the art. In this process, a compound according to structural formula ( 1 ), for example, HMDA +
4 moles EO + 3 moles tallow fatty acid + 2 moles DMS, or mixture thereof is added to the mineral slurry prior to mechanical dewatering, the process becoming more effective as a result. The amount of the polyquaternary compound is generally from about 20 wt. % to about 95 wt. %, preferably from about 30 wt. % to about 80 wt. % , most preferably from about 50 wt. % to about 75 wt. % , of the dewatering agent formulation. A typical formulation might be:
Mineral and Coal Dewatering Agent Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 3 moles tallow fatty 70.0 acid + 2 moles DMS
TMPD + 1 mole EO 20.0 Nonionic surfactant 10.0 These examples illustrate formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as softener/debonding agents, for example, in tissue or paper products.
Examples 22 to 24 are specific examples, while Example 24 presents a general softener/debonder formulation according to the present invention. Example 22 was a thick liquid while Examples 23 and 24 were both clear liquids; all of Examples 22 to 24 were easy to disperse in water.
Softening/Debonding Agent Formulation for Paper Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 EO + 1.5 moles tallow fatty acid80 + 1.5 moles canola fatty acid + 1.75 moles DMS
Propylene glycol 5 Alkoxylated fatty acid (nonionic surfactant)15 _ - EXAMPLE 23 Softening/Debonding Agent Formulation for Paper Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 EO + 3 moles canola fatty acid 80 + 1.5 moles DMS
Propylene glycol 5 Alkoxylated fatty acid (nonionic surfactant)15 Softening/Debonding Agent Formulation for Paper Component Amount (wt. % ) HMDA + 10 EO + 1.5 moles tallow fatty 80 acid + 1.5 moles canola fatty acid + 1.5 moles DMS
Propylene glycol 5.0 Alkoxylated fatty acid (nonionic surfactant)15 In general, the softener/debonder formulation of the present invention would include the components set forth in Example 25 in the amounts shown.
General Softener/Debonder Concentrate Formulation 5,~
Component Amount (wt. %) typical preferred most preferred Compound of structural formula10-90 30-80 60-80 (1) Propylene glycol 0-3U 0-20 0-10 Polyethylene glycol 0-30 0-20 0-10 Nonionic surfactant such 10-80 10-60 10-40 as alkoxylated fatty acid or alkoxylated nonionic surfactant In the following tests, the performance of formulations of the present invention were compared to the performance of a commercial product available from Witco Corporation under the tradename AROSURF~ PA-801, at dosages corresponding to 1, 3, and 5 Ib. (#) debonder/ton of fiber using a softwood (SW) fiber furnish.
Standard preparation and test methods were employed to prepare handsheets and to conduct the comparative tests against AROSURF PA-801; they are as follows: handsheet preparation (TAPPI test method T-205); dry tensile (TAPPI test method T-492); sorptive rate and capacity (TAPPI test method T-561); paper conditioning (TAPPI test method T-402); and grammage and thickness (TAPPI test method T-220). Softness was evaluated using paired comparison softness panels.
In each case, a dispersion of the appropriate formulation was prepared in water at 25-30°C. An aqueous slurry of SW fibers was treated with the dispersion of the respective formulation at dosages corresponding to 1, 3, and 5 lb. (#) debonder/ton of fiber.
Tissue weight handsheets, approximately 60 g/m2, were prepared according TAPPI
procedure T-205. The handsheets were equilibrated under conditions specified in TAPPI
Method T-402. The handsheets were tested for tensile and sorptive rate and capacity according to TAPPI Methods T-492 and T-561, respectively. The results are presented in Table II. In each case the softness of the product treated with Examples 22 to 24 was better than the product treated with a comparable amount of AROSURF~ PA-801 debonder.
TABLE
II
Testing Results Debonder Tensile Absorbency Absorbency used strength Capacity Capacity (kNm/kg) at at sec sec., (g/g/sec) (gH,O/g fiber) 1#/ton3#/ton5#lton1#/ton3#/ton5#/ton1#/ton3#/ton5#/ton Blank 15.28 15.2815.28 0.19 0.19 0.19 2.08 2.08 2.08 AROSURF~ 13.61 10.057.67 0.16 0.13 0.13 1.80 1.39 1.34 Example 13.27 9.83 7.99 0.16 0.13Ø11 1.83 1.40 1.26 Example 13.30 10.327.83 0.15 0.13 0.13 1.76 1.51 1.43 Example 12.20 10.118.61 0.16 0.13 0.13 1.68 1.40 1.36 From these tests and the results presented in Table II, it can be seen that HMDA ester quats are effective debonders and compare favorably in performance to an industry standard. Indeed, the HMDA ester quats afford debonded tissue products with good absorbency rates and capacities and hand panels confirm that the formulations of the instant invention give better softness than AROSURF~ PA-801 debonder. In addition, the HMDA
ester quat formulations have low odor and each of the above formulations was easy to disperse in warm water. As with all of the Examples given, Examples 22 to 25 are only exemplary and, although applied here to softwood fibers, may be used with hardwood fiber, recycled fiber, baggasse fibers, fluff pulp, and all natural papermaking fibers and blends thereof.
formula (1) for use as deinking agents, for example, in recycled paper products. Generally such formulations are added to the pulper and/or to the slurry passing into the flotation cell.
Furnishes that may be deinked with the compounds of the instant invention include waste paper with laser print, printed waste paper for a newsprint mill, ink fixed on pulp fiber of the printed waste paper product such as newspaper and magazines, and flexo news/magazine/newsprint, and the like. The apparatus and processes for deinking operations in well-known to those of skill in the art. Typical apparatus and processes are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,622,597; 5,346,543; and 5,696,292; additional apparatus and methods are disclosed in PCT WO/95/12026 and EP 0 726 246 A1. In such a deinking process, the amount of the compound of structural formula ( i ) is about 0.01 wt. % to about 2.0 wt. % , preferably about 0.03 wt. % to about 1.0 wt. %, and most preferably about 0.05 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. % of the dry fiber. Other additives typically used include an ethylene oxide/propylene oxide nonionic (for example, alcohol or fatty acid alkylphenol derivatives) surfactant for frothing and foam control, sodium silicate, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide or sodium hypochlorite, and an EDTA or DTPA chelant. In addition, such cationic deinking agents can be combined with fatty acids, alkylene oxide adducts, and other solvents.
Deinking is usually conducted on fiber slurries of 1 % consistency at 40-50°C.
ss These examples illustrate formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use in personal care formulations, for example, for hair conditioners and skin conditioners. Example 29 is a microemulsion example comparable to Example 14.
HMDA Hair Conditioner Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 2 moles canola fatty 1.18 acid + 2 moles DMS
Cetyl Alcohol 2.00 Ceteareth-20 (cetearyl alcohol ethoxylated1.00 with 20 moles of EO), available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARONIC~ 63-E20 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 BHMT Hair Conditioner Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) BHMT + S moles EO + 3.5 moles canola fatty1.18 acid + 2.5 moles DMS
Cetyl Alcohol 2.00 Ceteareth-20 (cetearyl alcohol ethoxylated1.00 with 20 moles of EO), available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARONIC~ 63-E20 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 BHMT Microemulsion Hair Conditioner Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 3.5 moles canola fatty1.8 acid + 2.5 moles DMS
Mineral oil (available from Witco Corporation1.8 under the tradename KAYDOL~) TMPD + 1 EO 1.2 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 s~
P.57 NOT TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT FOR THE
PURPOSES OF INTERNATIONAL PROCESSING
5 ~-P.58 NOT TO BE TAI~.EN INTO ACCOUNT FOR THE
PURPOSES OF INTERNATIONAL PROCESSING
5$
be replaced by other cations, such as potassium ion or ammonium ion, without appreciably affecting the performance of the anionic surfactant. Furthermore, with regard to the other components that may be salts that are be added to the composition or subsequently added to the composition, for example, viscosity modifiers, the component includes all similar compounds, that is, compounds where the ions are substituted by any other ion which is not significantly deleterious to the desired chemical or physical properties of the overall compound in its intended use. It is therefore understood that such ion substitution is well-known in the art and all such possibilities and equivalents are intended to be embraced within the appended claims.
As noted above, the examples provided are intended to further describe the aspects of the present invention. The examples are illustrative only and are not to be construed as limiting the scope of that which is regarded as the invention.
Therefore, the scope of the present invention is only to be limited by the following claims and the equivalents thereto. In the specification and claims, the terms "comprise", "comprisi ", or "comprises" are intended to convey that the composition or formulation has or include the recited components, but does not exclude other non-recited components.
Pesticide Emulsion Agent Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) BHMT + 15 moles EO + 1.2 moles canola 40.0 fatty acid Phosphate ester 6.0 Water 2.0 C,o-C1~ alcohol + EO/PO block copolymer 52.0 As noted above, the compounds of structural formula (1) may also be used as an asphalt emulsifier as an additive for asphalt. As with the previous emulsifier formulations, the compound of structural formula (1) is prepared having only about 1 to about 2 ester groups per molecule to ensure that the molecule as a whole is less hydrophobic than those that would typically be employed in other applications. If the resulting compound is not quaternized or quaternized to a limited extent, for example, only 1 mole of DMS per mole of HMDA, the possible applications in asphalt products are as a cationic rapid set (CRS) emulsion for chip seal, as a cationic medium set (CMS) for mixing grade applications, in a slurry seal or microsurfacing application, or in a roofing and driveway sealer. The amount of the compound of structural formula (1) in such an application would likely include from about 0.15 wt. % to about 2.0 wt. %, preferably about U.20 wt. % to about 0.75 wt. %, and most preferably about 0.25 wt. % to about 0.65 wt. % , of the asphalt.
Generally the fatty amine should be protonated in order to dissolve in the water. The pH of the emulsifier solution should be less than about 6.5, and may be adjusted with any strong acid to have a pH of between about 1.0 and about 5.0, preferably between about 2.0 to about 4.0, most preferably between about 2.0 and about 3Ø
SO
If the compound is quaternized, for example, with 2 or more moles of DMS
per mole of HMDA, the possible applications in asphalt products are as a cationic slow set emulsion, cationic quick set emulsion, tack coat, fog seal, base stabilization, prime coat, slurry seal, microsurfacing, industrial asphalt emulsion, or filled asphalt emulsion. The amount of the compound of structural formula (1) in such an application would likely include from about 0.1 wt. % to about 8.0 wt. %, preferably about 0.20 wt. % to about 5.0 wt. % , and most preferably about 0.5 wt. % to about 2.0 wt. % , of the asphalt. Generally the fatty amine should be protonated in order to dissolve in the water. The pH of the emulsifier solution should be less than about 7.0, and may be adjusted with any strong acid to have a pH of between about 1.0 and about 5.0, preferably between about 2.0 to about 4.0, most preferably between about 2.0 and about 3Ø
EXAMP ,E 19 This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use in corrosion inhibition, for example, for lubricating oil or oil field use. A
compound according to structural formula (1), for example, HMDA + 4 moles EO +
moles canola fatty acid, or mixture thereof is added to lubricating or other oils as a corrosion inhibitor. The polyamine may be used alone or in combination with a surfactant and/or coupling agent, which may be incorporated with the polyamine in a formulation or applied separately. When used, an effective amount is applied to the oil or oil mixture that will come in contact with the metal. The term "effective amount" denotes the amount of polyamine compound that would be effective to inhibit corrosion. In general, the amount of the polyamine compound ranges from about 0.001 wt. %o to about 5 wt. %, preferably from about 0.01 wt. % to about 1 wt. %, most preferably from about 0.01 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. %, of the oil mixture in which it is used.
This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use in a lubricant and anti-balling agent for silicate muds and other water-based muds, for example, to lubricate drill strings to prevent stuck pipe, bit-balling, or string balling associated with drilling wells. The apparatus for drilling and general lubrication processes in well-known to those of skill in the art, and are disclosed, for example, in U.S.
Patent Nos. 5,586,608; 5,593,954; and 5,639,715. In this lubrication process, a compound according to structural formula (1), for example, BHMT + 5 moles EO + 2.5 moles canola fatty acid, or mixture thereof is added to lubricating or other oils effective to inhibit stuck pipe, bit balling, or string balling. The polyamine may be used alone or in combination with a surfactant and/or coupling agent, for example, propylene glycols or ethoxylated glycols, sr which may be incorporated with the polyamine in a formulation or applied separately. Of particular use are the oilfield products available from Witco Corporation under the tradename WITBREAKT"', such as WITBREAKT"' DPG-484. When used, an effective amount of polyamine is applied to the lubricant mixture as used in the drilling operation. The term "effective amount" denotes the amount of polyamine compound that would be effective to inhibit stuck pipe, bit balling, or string balling. In general, the amount of the polyamine compound ranges from about 0.001 wt. % to about 5 wt. % , preferably from about 0.01 wt. %
to about 2 wt. % , most preferably from about 0.05 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. %, of the lubricating mixture in which it is used. If used in a formulation, a typical formulation might be:
Lubricant and Anti-Balling Agent Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 2.5 moles canola fatty50 acid Surfactant or coupling agent 50 This example illustrates formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as a mineral and coal dewatering agent, for example, for removal of water by means of a filtration dewatering apparatus known to those of skill in the art. In this process, a compound according to structural formula ( 1 ), for example, HMDA +
4 moles EO + 3 moles tallow fatty acid + 2 moles DMS, or mixture thereof is added to the mineral slurry prior to mechanical dewatering, the process becoming more effective as a result. The amount of the polyquaternary compound is generally from about 20 wt. % to about 95 wt. %, preferably from about 30 wt. % to about 80 wt. % , most preferably from about 50 wt. % to about 75 wt. % , of the dewatering agent formulation. A typical formulation might be:
Mineral and Coal Dewatering Agent Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 3 moles tallow fatty 70.0 acid + 2 moles DMS
TMPD + 1 mole EO 20.0 Nonionic surfactant 10.0 These examples illustrate formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use as softener/debonding agents, for example, in tissue or paper products.
Examples 22 to 24 are specific examples, while Example 24 presents a general softener/debonder formulation according to the present invention. Example 22 was a thick liquid while Examples 23 and 24 were both clear liquids; all of Examples 22 to 24 were easy to disperse in water.
Softening/Debonding Agent Formulation for Paper Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 EO + 1.5 moles tallow fatty acid80 + 1.5 moles canola fatty acid + 1.75 moles DMS
Propylene glycol 5 Alkoxylated fatty acid (nonionic surfactant)15 _ - EXAMPLE 23 Softening/Debonding Agent Formulation for Paper Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 EO + 3 moles canola fatty acid 80 + 1.5 moles DMS
Propylene glycol 5 Alkoxylated fatty acid (nonionic surfactant)15 Softening/Debonding Agent Formulation for Paper Component Amount (wt. % ) HMDA + 10 EO + 1.5 moles tallow fatty 80 acid + 1.5 moles canola fatty acid + 1.5 moles DMS
Propylene glycol 5.0 Alkoxylated fatty acid (nonionic surfactant)15 In general, the softener/debonder formulation of the present invention would include the components set forth in Example 25 in the amounts shown.
General Softener/Debonder Concentrate Formulation 5,~
Component Amount (wt. %) typical preferred most preferred Compound of structural formula10-90 30-80 60-80 (1) Propylene glycol 0-3U 0-20 0-10 Polyethylene glycol 0-30 0-20 0-10 Nonionic surfactant such 10-80 10-60 10-40 as alkoxylated fatty acid or alkoxylated nonionic surfactant In the following tests, the performance of formulations of the present invention were compared to the performance of a commercial product available from Witco Corporation under the tradename AROSURF~ PA-801, at dosages corresponding to 1, 3, and 5 Ib. (#) debonder/ton of fiber using a softwood (SW) fiber furnish.
Standard preparation and test methods were employed to prepare handsheets and to conduct the comparative tests against AROSURF PA-801; they are as follows: handsheet preparation (TAPPI test method T-205); dry tensile (TAPPI test method T-492); sorptive rate and capacity (TAPPI test method T-561); paper conditioning (TAPPI test method T-402); and grammage and thickness (TAPPI test method T-220). Softness was evaluated using paired comparison softness panels.
In each case, a dispersion of the appropriate formulation was prepared in water at 25-30°C. An aqueous slurry of SW fibers was treated with the dispersion of the respective formulation at dosages corresponding to 1, 3, and 5 lb. (#) debonder/ton of fiber.
Tissue weight handsheets, approximately 60 g/m2, were prepared according TAPPI
procedure T-205. The handsheets were equilibrated under conditions specified in TAPPI
Method T-402. The handsheets were tested for tensile and sorptive rate and capacity according to TAPPI Methods T-492 and T-561, respectively. The results are presented in Table II. In each case the softness of the product treated with Examples 22 to 24 was better than the product treated with a comparable amount of AROSURF~ PA-801 debonder.
TABLE
II
Testing Results Debonder Tensile Absorbency Absorbency used strength Capacity Capacity (kNm/kg) at at sec sec., (g/g/sec) (gH,O/g fiber) 1#/ton3#/ton5#lton1#/ton3#/ton5#/ton1#/ton3#/ton5#/ton Blank 15.28 15.2815.28 0.19 0.19 0.19 2.08 2.08 2.08 AROSURF~ 13.61 10.057.67 0.16 0.13 0.13 1.80 1.39 1.34 Example 13.27 9.83 7.99 0.16 0.13Ø11 1.83 1.40 1.26 Example 13.30 10.327.83 0.15 0.13 0.13 1.76 1.51 1.43 Example 12.20 10.118.61 0.16 0.13 0.13 1.68 1.40 1.36 From these tests and the results presented in Table II, it can be seen that HMDA ester quats are effective debonders and compare favorably in performance to an industry standard. Indeed, the HMDA ester quats afford debonded tissue products with good absorbency rates and capacities and hand panels confirm that the formulations of the instant invention give better softness than AROSURF~ PA-801 debonder. In addition, the HMDA
ester quat formulations have low odor and each of the above formulations was easy to disperse in warm water. As with all of the Examples given, Examples 22 to 25 are only exemplary and, although applied here to softwood fibers, may be used with hardwood fiber, recycled fiber, baggasse fibers, fluff pulp, and all natural papermaking fibers and blends thereof.
formula (1) for use as deinking agents, for example, in recycled paper products. Generally such formulations are added to the pulper and/or to the slurry passing into the flotation cell.
Furnishes that may be deinked with the compounds of the instant invention include waste paper with laser print, printed waste paper for a newsprint mill, ink fixed on pulp fiber of the printed waste paper product such as newspaper and magazines, and flexo news/magazine/newsprint, and the like. The apparatus and processes for deinking operations in well-known to those of skill in the art. Typical apparatus and processes are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,622,597; 5,346,543; and 5,696,292; additional apparatus and methods are disclosed in PCT WO/95/12026 and EP 0 726 246 A1. In such a deinking process, the amount of the compound of structural formula ( i ) is about 0.01 wt. % to about 2.0 wt. % , preferably about 0.03 wt. % to about 1.0 wt. %, and most preferably about 0.05 wt. % to about 0.5 wt. % of the dry fiber. Other additives typically used include an ethylene oxide/propylene oxide nonionic (for example, alcohol or fatty acid alkylphenol derivatives) surfactant for frothing and foam control, sodium silicate, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide or sodium hypochlorite, and an EDTA or DTPA chelant. In addition, such cationic deinking agents can be combined with fatty acids, alkylene oxide adducts, and other solvents.
Deinking is usually conducted on fiber slurries of 1 % consistency at 40-50°C.
ss These examples illustrate formulations of compounds according to structural formula (1) for use in personal care formulations, for example, for hair conditioners and skin conditioners. Example 29 is a microemulsion example comparable to Example 14.
HMDA Hair Conditioner Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) HMDA + 4 moles EO + 2 moles canola fatty 1.18 acid + 2 moles DMS
Cetyl Alcohol 2.00 Ceteareth-20 (cetearyl alcohol ethoxylated1.00 with 20 moles of EO), available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARONIC~ 63-E20 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 BHMT Hair Conditioner Formulation Component Amount (wt. %) BHMT + S moles EO + 3.5 moles canola fatty1.18 acid + 2.5 moles DMS
Cetyl Alcohol 2.00 Ceteareth-20 (cetearyl alcohol ethoxylated1.00 with 20 moles of EO), available from Witco Corporation under the tradename VARONIC~ 63-E20 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 BHMT Microemulsion Hair Conditioner Formulation Component Amount (wt. % ) BHMT + 5 moles EO + 3.5 moles canola fatty1.8 acid + 2.5 moles DMS
Mineral oil (available from Witco Corporation1.8 under the tradename KAYDOL~) TMPD + 1 EO 1.2 Fragrance, dye, preservative, and other as needed additives Deionized water to 100 s~
P.57 NOT TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT FOR THE
PURPOSES OF INTERNATIONAL PROCESSING
5 ~-P.58 NOT TO BE TAI~.EN INTO ACCOUNT FOR THE
PURPOSES OF INTERNATIONAL PROCESSING
5$
be replaced by other cations, such as potassium ion or ammonium ion, without appreciably affecting the performance of the anionic surfactant. Furthermore, with regard to the other components that may be salts that are be added to the composition or subsequently added to the composition, for example, viscosity modifiers, the component includes all similar compounds, that is, compounds where the ions are substituted by any other ion which is not significantly deleterious to the desired chemical or physical properties of the overall compound in its intended use. It is therefore understood that such ion substitution is well-known in the art and all such possibilities and equivalents are intended to be embraced within the appended claims.
As noted above, the examples provided are intended to further describe the aspects of the present invention. The examples are illustrative only and are not to be construed as limiting the scope of that which is regarded as the invention.
Therefore, the scope of the present invention is only to be limited by the following claims and the equivalents thereto. In the specification and claims, the terms "comprise", "comprisi ", or "comprises" are intended to convey that the composition or formulation has or include the recited components, but does not exclude other non-recited components.
Claims (33)
1. A composition comprising:
(a) a compound of the following structural formula (1):
wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms;
each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is independently -H or R A C(O)- wherein R A is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds;
provided that at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5 is R A C(O)-;
each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is independently -H, -CH3, -C2H5, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, -CH2COOH, or -CH2COOA-; or, if R* is a -CH2CH2- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q1 and Q2 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; or, if R** is a -CH2CH2- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8;
i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i + j +k) is 0 to 4;
each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the number of moles of A-needed to give the compound of structural formula (1) a zero net charge; and water, wherein the composition does not contain a significant amount of textile resin treating compounds or silicones.
(a) a compound of the following structural formula (1):
wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms;
each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is independently -H or R A C(O)- wherein R A is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds;
provided that at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5 is R A C(O)-;
each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is independently -H, -CH3, -C2H5, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, -CH2COOH, or -CH2COOA-; or, if R* is a -CH2CH2- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q1 and Q2 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; or, if R** is a -CH2CH2- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8;
i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i + j +k) is 0 to 4;
each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the number of moles of A-needed to give the compound of structural formula (1) a zero net charge; and water, wherein the composition does not contain a significant amount of textile resin treating compounds or silicones.
2. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the composition comprises a mixture of two or more different compounds of structural formula (1).
3. The composition according to claim 1, wherein m is from about 1 to 4.
4. The composition according to claim 1, wherein at least one of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1.
5. The composition according to claim 4, wherein each of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1.
6. The composition according to claim 1, further comprising an amine salt, polyamine salt, or mixture thereof.
7. A composition comprising:
(a) a compound of the following structural formula (1):
wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms;
each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is independently -H or R A C(O)- wherein R A is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds;
provided that at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5 is R A C(O)-;
each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is independently -H, -CH3, -C2H5, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, -CH2COOH, or -CH2COOA-; or, if R* is a -CH2CH2- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q1 and Q2 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; or, if R** is a -CH2CH2- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8;
i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i + j + k) is 0 to 4;
each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the number of moles of A-needed to give the compound of structural formula (1) a zero net charge; and (b) a second surfactant selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, zwitterionic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, and blends thereof.
(a) a compound of the following structural formula (1):
wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms;
each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is independently -H or R A C(O)- wherein R A is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds;
provided that at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5 is R A C(O)-;
each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is independently -H, -CH3, -C2H5, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, -CH2COOH, or -CH2COOA-; or, if R* is a -CH2CH2- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q1 and Q2 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; or, if R** is a -CH2CH2- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8;
i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i + j + k) is 0 to 4;
each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the number of moles of A-needed to give the compound of structural formula (1) a zero net charge; and (b) a second surfactant selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, zwitterionic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, and blends thereof.
8. The composition according to claim 7, wherein the composition further comprises water.
9. The composition according to claim 7, wherein the second surfactant comprises a conventional quaternary compound.
10. The composition according to claim 9, wherein the composition does not contain a significant amount of silicones.
11. The composition according to claim 9, wherein at least one of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1.
12. The composition according to claim 11, wherein each of v, w, x, y, and z is greater than 1.
13. The composition according to claim 7, wherein the secondary surfactant is selected from the group consisting of: nonylphenol ethoxylates; C5-C20 linear or branched alcoxylates using EO, PO, iPO, BO, or mixtures thereof; amine ethoxylates; fatty amide ethoxylates;
fatty acid ethoxylates;
carboxylated nonionics; .alpha.-polyglucosides; and mixtures thereof.
fatty acid ethoxylates;
carboxylated nonionics; .alpha.-polyglucosides; and mixtures thereof.
14. The composition according to claim 7, wherein the secondary surfactant is selected from the group consisting of: ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, any .alpha.-olefin sulfonate, ammonium laureth sulfate (2 or 3 moles), sodium laureth sulfate (2 or 3 moles), sodium myristyl sulfate, sodium myristeth sulfate (1-4 moles), ammonium xylene sulfonate, sodium xylene sulfonate, TEA dodecylbenzene sulfonate, TEA lauryl sulfate, ammonium pareth sulfate, sodium pareth sulfate, sodium oleth sulfate, derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof.
15. The composition according to claim 7, wherein the secondary surfactant is selected from the group consisting of: betaines, sulfosuccinates, mono- and diglycerides, glycinates, sugars and derivatives thereof, hydroxysultaines, mono- and diacetates, ethoxylated derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof.
16. The composition according to claim 7, wherein the secondary surfactant is selected from the group consisting of an alkanolamide, an amine oxide, and mixtures thereof.
17. A composition comprising:
(a) a compound of the following structural formula (1):
wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms;
each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is independently -H or R A C(O)- wherein R A is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds;
provided that at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5 is R''C(O)-;
each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is independently -H, -CH3, -C2H5, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, -CH2COOH, or -CH2COOA-; or, if R* is a -CH2CH2- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q1 and Q2 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; or, if R** is a -CH2CH2- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8;
i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i+j+k) is 0 to 4;
each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the number of moles of A-needed to give the compound of structural formula (1) a zero net charge;
(b) a solvatrope or coupling agent or blends thereof; and (c) an oil or hydrophobic organic component and blends thereof.
(a) a compound of the following structural formula (1):
wherein each of R* and R** is independently a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein no two nitrogen atoms are separated by fewer than 2 carbon atoms;
each of A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 is independently a straight or branched alkylene containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
each of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is independently -H or R A C(O)- wherein R A is straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl containing 7 to 21 carbon atoms and 0 to 4 carbon-carbon double bonds;
provided that at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or R5 is R''C(O)-;
each of Q1, Q2 and Q3 is independently -H, -CH3, -C2H5, -C3H7, -C4H5, benzyl, -CH2COOH, or -CH2COOA-; or, if R* is a -CH2CH2- group, Q1 and Q3 together or Q1 and Q2 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring; or, if R** is a -CH2CH2- group, Q3 and Q3 together may be a -CH2CH2- group to form a six-membered piperazine ring;
m is 0 to 4; r is 0 to 2; each of v, w, x, y, and z is independently 1 to 8;
i is 0 to 1, j is 0 to 1, and each k is 0 to 1, and the sum of (i+j+k) is 0 to 4;
each A- is independently an anion as defined below; and n is the number of moles of A-needed to give the compound of structural formula (1) a zero net charge;
(b) a solvatrope or coupling agent or blends thereof; and (c) an oil or hydrophobic organic component and blends thereof.
18. The composition according to claim 17, wherein the composition further comprises water.
19. The composition according to claim 18, wherein the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation; the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. % of the formulation, and the amount of water is about 20 to 99.7 wt. % of the formulation, preferably about 35 wt.
% to about 99.7 wt. %.
% to about 99.7 wt. %.
20. The composition according to claim 18, wherein the solvatropes or coupling agent is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxypivalyl hydroxypivalate and its alkoxylated derivatives, TMPD, TMPD alkoxylates, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, 1,2-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, HPHP glycol, isopentyldiol, 1,2-hexanediol, ethylene glycol butyl ether, hexylene glycol, isoprene glycol, sorbitan ethoxylates, 2-butoxyethanol, C6-C12 diols/triols and ester diols/triols and their alkoxylated derivatives, glycol ethers, and mixtures thereof.
21. The composition according to claim 18, wherein the oil or hydrophobic organic component is selected from the group consisting of: fatty acids; fatty amides; fatty alcohols; fatty oils; fatty esters made from a C8-C22 fatty acid and a C1-C8 alcohol; dialkyl esters;
mineral oil; mineral seal oils; silicone oils; petrolatums; monoglycerides; diglycerides; triglycerides;
aliphatic, paraffinic, and naphthalinic hydrocarbons; oils and spirits; and mixtures thereof.
mineral oil; mineral seal oils; silicone oils; petrolatums; monoglycerides; diglycerides; triglycerides;
aliphatic, paraffinic, and naphthalinic hydrocarbons; oils and spirits; and mixtures thereof.
22. The composition according to claim 17, wherein the iodine value of the fatty acid used to make the compound of structural formula (1) ranges from about 30 to about 140.
23. The composition according to claim 17, wherein the iodine value of the fatty acid used to make the compound of structural formula (1) ranges from about 80 to about 120.
24. The composition according to claim 17, wherein the iodine value of the fatty acid used to make the compound of structural formula (1) ranges from about 90 to about 110.
25. The composition according to claim 18, the composition is emulsified into a microemulsion.
26. The composition according to claim 25, wherein the composition is clear.
27. The composition according to claim 25, wherein the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % of the formulation, the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 2 wt. % to about 15 wt. % of the formulation, and the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 5 wt. % to 50 wt. % of the formulation.
28. The composition according to claim 27, wherein the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. % of the formulation, the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 3 wt. % to about 10 wt. % of the formulation, and the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 10 wt. % to 30 wt. % of the formulation.
29. A personal care formulation according to claim 26, wherein the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt. % of the formulation, the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt.
% of the formulation, and the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. % of the formulation.
% of the formulation, and the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 65 wt. % of the formulation.
30. The personal care formulation according to claim 29, wherein the amount of the compound of structural formula (1) is about 0.1 wt. % to about 25 wt. % of the formulation, the amount of solvatrope or coupling agent is about 0.1 wt. % to about 65 wt.
% of the formulation, and the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 25 wt. % of the formulation.
% of the formulation, and the amount of oil or hydrophobic organic component is about 0.1 wt. % to 25 wt. % of the formulation.
31. A pesticide emulsion agent formulation according to claim 17, further comprising water.
32. A pesticide formulation, comprising:
the pesticide emulsion agent formulation according to claim 46; and an effective amount of pesticide.
the pesticide emulsion agent formulation according to claim 46; and an effective amount of pesticide.
33. The pesticide formulation according to claim 32, wherein the amount of compound of structural formula (1) compound ranges from about 5 wt. % to about 50 wt. % of the pesticide formulation.
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US1998/021683 WO2000021918A1 (en) | 1998-10-13 | 1998-10-13 | Polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions containing them, and uses thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2347036A1 true CA2347036A1 (en) | 2000-04-20 |
Family
ID=22268084
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002347036A Abandoned CA2347036A1 (en) | 1998-10-13 | 1998-10-13 | Polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions containing them, and uses thereof |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1121341A1 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20010106516A (en) |
AU (1) | AU9604798A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2347036A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2000021918A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6211140B1 (en) | 1999-07-26 | 2001-04-03 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Cationic charge boosting systems |
US6540822B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2003-04-01 | Akzo Nobel N.V. | Polybetaines as asphalt emulsifiers |
US6752905B2 (en) | 2002-10-08 | 2004-06-22 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Tissue products having reduced slough |
US6808600B2 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2004-10-26 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Method for enhancing the softness of paper-based products |
US8524374B2 (en) | 2011-09-21 | 2013-09-03 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Tissue Product comprising bamboo |
WO2016087498A1 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2016-06-09 | Akzo Nobel Chemicals International B.V. | Polymer stabilizers for bituminous emulsions |
TW201630580A (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2016-09-01 | 金百利克拉克國際公司 | Soft tissue comprising southern softwood |
AU2020317736A1 (en) * | 2019-07-24 | 2022-02-17 | Basf Se | Collector composition |
CN111484835B (en) * | 2020-04-23 | 2023-02-03 | 新疆塔里木油田建设工程有限责任公司 | Water-soluble oil-based drilling fluid lubricant and preparation method thereof |
Family Cites Families (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3170938A (en) * | 1957-05-31 | 1965-02-23 | Wyandotte Chemicals Corp | Surface active agents |
DE3135014A1 (en) * | 1981-09-04 | 1983-03-24 | Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt | SOFT SOFTENER |
US4743304A (en) * | 1983-12-14 | 1988-05-10 | Morton Thiokol, Inc. | Asphalt antistripping agents containing organic amines and Portland cement |
BR8701840A (en) * | 1986-04-21 | 1988-01-26 | Nisshin Oil Mills Ltd | COLD LAMINING OIL FOR STEEL PLATES |
EP0360181A2 (en) * | 1988-09-22 | 1990-03-28 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Salts of herbicidal acids with long-chain nitrogen bases |
DE4018750A1 (en) * | 1990-06-12 | 1991-12-19 | Rewo Chemische Werke Gmbh | POLY (OXYALKYLENE) AMINOAL CANOLESTERS, THEIR AMMONIUM COMPOUNDS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE IN EMULSIFIERS, CLEANING AGENTS, DISINFECTANTS AND PRESERVATIVES |
JPH0718571A (en) * | 1993-06-29 | 1995-01-20 | Lion Corp | Softening agent composition |
ES2080655B1 (en) * | 1993-07-15 | 1996-10-16 | Lorente Hidalgo Antonio | NEW POLYFUNCTIONAL CATIONIC SURFACTANTS, COMPOSITIONS BASED ON THEM, PROCEDURE FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND APPLICATIONS. |
US5552137A (en) * | 1994-08-05 | 1996-09-03 | Witco Corporation | Biodegradable quaternary hair conditioners |
JPH1087576A (en) * | 1996-04-26 | 1998-04-07 | Witco Corp | Polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions containing the same, and use thereof |
-
1998
- 1998-10-13 EP EP98949809A patent/EP1121341A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1998-10-13 KR KR1020017004698A patent/KR20010106516A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1998-10-13 AU AU96047/98A patent/AU9604798A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1998-10-13 CA CA002347036A patent/CA2347036A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1998-10-13 WO PCT/US1998/021683 patent/WO2000021918A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP1121341A1 (en) | 2001-08-08 |
WO2000021918A1 (en) | 2000-04-20 |
KR20010106516A (en) | 2001-11-29 |
AU9604798A (en) | 2000-05-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6458343B1 (en) | Quaternary compounds, compositions containing them, and uses thereof | |
US6211139B1 (en) | Polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions containing them, and use thereof | |
US6376455B1 (en) | Quaternary ammonium compounds, compositions containing them, and uses thereof | |
US6235914B1 (en) | Amine and quaternary ammonium compounds made from ketones and aldehydes, and compositions containing them | |
CA2198857C (en) | Paper products containing a biodegradable vegetable oil based chemical softening composition | |
EP0822859B1 (en) | Compositions containing diol | |
AU705927B2 (en) | Paper products containing a vegetable oil based chemical softening composition | |
KR101016929B1 (en) | Mdea ester quats with high content of monoester in blends with tea ester quats. | |
NZ251623A (en) | Absorbent paper web with biodegradable softening compound and a temporary wet strength resin | |
JP2005538808A (en) | Paper softening compositions containing quaternary ammonium compounds and high levels of free amines and soft tissue paper products containing said compositions | |
KR20170095319A (en) | Transparent fabric care compositions | |
CA2347036A1 (en) | Polyester polyquaternary compounds, compositions containing them, and uses thereof | |
EP1359211B1 (en) | Fiber softening compositions containing non-ionic surface active agents | |
EP1208268B1 (en) | Novel quaternary compounds, compositions containing them, and uses thereof | |
WO2000075426A1 (en) | Paper softner/debonders compositions | |
CZ20002559A3 (en) | Novel quaternary ammonium compounds, mixture containing these compounds and their use |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20041013 |